{"title":"Skin Recovery \u0026 Regeneration","description":"\u003cp\u003ePDRN and PN boosters, growth-factor serums and regenerative injectables for skin repair, post-procedure recovery and long-term skin health.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"v-line-sol","title":"Super V-Line Solution","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper V-Line Solution\u003c\/strong\u003e (also sold as Super V-Line Sol) is a Korean contouring solution for the lower face. Each box holds five 10 mL vials. The formula is built on horse chestnut extract and L-carnitine, with walnut seed extract and tyrosine. Clinics use it for the cheeks, jawline and the area under the chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Super V-Line Solution made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plant-extract formula, not a phosphatidylcholine (PPC) or deoxycholic acid solution. The ingredients listed for the product are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorse chestnut extract\u003c\/strong\u003e (\u003cem\u003eAesculus hippocastanum\u003c\/em\u003e) — the lead botanical ingredient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL-carnitine\u003c\/strong\u003e — an amino acid derivative involved in moving fatty acids into cells for energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalnut seed extract\u003c\/strong\u003e (\u003cem\u003eJuglans regia\u003c\/em\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTyrosine\u003c\/strong\u003e — an amino acid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThermus thermophilus ferment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSodium chloride, disodium EDTA, phenoxyethanol and butylene glycol as the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe label does not give a percentage for each ingredient, so none are quoted here. There is no lidocaine in the vial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSuper V-Line Solution vs PPC and deoxycholic acid — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference is the active ingredient. This table shows where it sits next to two other products we stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuper V-Line Solution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lipo-lab-ppc-solution\"\u003eLipo Lab PPC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kabelline\"\u003eKabelline\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorse chestnut extract, L-carnitine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphatidylcholine, sodium deoxycholate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeoxycholic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsual area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody and chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin and small body areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the same botanical style of formula under another brand, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lipo-lab-v-line-1\"\u003eLipo Lab V-Line\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich areas is Super V-Line Solution used on?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used on the lower face: the cheeks, the area below the cheekbone, the zone under the ear, the jawline and the double chin. It is not sized or positioned for large body areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Super V-Line Solution used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions supplied in the box. The reference figures published for this product are a depth of about 5 mm, 0.1–0.2 mL per point and about 1 cm between points. A session is short, usually 5 to 10 minutes. Courses of 1 to 5 sessions about a week apart are commonly quoted, but the treating clinician sets the plan for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Super V-Line Solution be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at room temperature, away from direct sunlight. Use a vial straight after opening and do not keep leftovers. Check the expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Super V-Line Solution from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/fat-dissolving\"\u003eKorean fat dissolving solutions\u003c\/a\u003e. Many clinics add a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e to the same order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSuper V-Line Solution FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 10 mL each, 50 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Super V-Line Solution contain PPC or deoxycholic acid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The listed formula is based on horse chestnut extract, L-carnitine, walnut seed extract and tyrosine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Clinics that want numbing usually apply a topical cream first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on the body?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is positioned for the face. For body areas, look at a body-format product such as Lipo Lab PPC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Super V-Line Solution wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384333984026,"sku":"","price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/86f6b39c15178-removebg-preview-300x300-1.png?v=1687314542"},{"product_id":"slim-slimmer","title":"Slim Slimmer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim Slimmer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean contouring solution for localised fat on the body. It is supplied as five 10 mL vials per box. Clinics use it for stubborn areas such as the abdomen, thighs, upper arms and hips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing or for a photo of the current label before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Slim Slimmer made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGo by the ingredient list printed on the box. We do not publish a formula for Slim Slimmer on this page because we could not confirm one from the maker's own material, and we will not guess. If the formula matters for your protocol, ask us and we will send the label of the batch in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich areas is Slim Slimmer used on?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is positioned for the body: abdomen, thighs, upper arms and hips. These are small, defined pockets of fat that stay after diet and exercise. It is not a weight-loss treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Slim Slimmer compare with other solutions we stock?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need a product with a fully listed formula, these are the closest options in the same category.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlim Slimmer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slim-point-body\"\u003eSlim Point Body\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lipo-lab-ppc-solution\"\u003eLipo Lab PPC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed main ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs printed on the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLecithin, bromelain, vitamin B12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphatidylcholine, sodium deoxycholate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArea\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody and chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL × 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Slim Slimmer used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the product. They set the depth, the volume per point, the spacing and the gap between sessions. Do not carry a protocol across from a different solution. Body contouring is normally done as a course of several sessions, not one visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Slim Slimmer be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight and heat. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Use an opened vial straight away and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Slim Slimmer from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/fat-dissolving\"\u003eKorean fat dissolving solutions\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSlim Slimmer FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box of Slim Slimmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 10 mL each, 50 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Slim Slimmer for the face or the body?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is positioned for the body. For the face, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/slim-point-face\"\u003eSlim Point Face\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are printed on the box. Ask us for a label photo if you need them before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Slim Slimmer a weight-loss product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is for small, localised areas of fat only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Slim Slimmer wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384381333786,"sku":"","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/image_1606287558056_1000-540x540.jpg?v=1687314884"},{"product_id":"slim-point-body","title":"Slim Point Body","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim Point Body\u003c\/strong\u003e is a body contouring solution from Maypharm Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each pack holds three 30 mL containers. The formula combines lecithin, bromelain and vitamin B12 (cyanocobalamin). Clinics use it on localised fat at the abdomen, waist, thighs and upper arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in original Maypharm packaging. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Slim Point Body made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlim Point Body has three named actives. It does not rely on phosphatidylcholine with deoxycholate, or on deoxycholic acid alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLecithin\u003c\/strong\u003e — a phospholipid that emulsifies fat. Lecithin is usually sourced from soy, so ask about soy allergy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBromelain\u003c\/strong\u003e — an enzyme from pineapple. The maker includes it for swelling and comfort after treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCyanocobalamin (vitamin B12)\u003c\/strong\u003e — included for its role in fat and energy metabolism. It gives the solution its red colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm does not publish the amount of each ingredient, so none are quoted here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSlim Point Body vs Slim Point Face — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by treatment area. The two share the same named actives; the pack size is what differs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlim Point Body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/slim-point-face\"\u003eSlim Point Face\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArea\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbdomen, waist, back, thighs, hips, knees, upper arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble chin, cheeks, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNamed actives\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eLecithin, bromelain, vitamin B12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL × 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall face-size pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume per session\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigher — large areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow — small areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich areas is Slim Point Body used on?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used on body areas with pinchable, localised fat:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArms — inner upper arm and the area near the armpit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaist — belly, love handles and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs — hips, thighs and knees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a weight-loss treatment. It suits patients close to their target weight with defined problem areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Slim Point Body used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the subcutaneous fat layer with a short 4–6 mm needle, held vertically. Maypharm's published course is one session a week for three weeks; some clinics extend to four or five sessions. Follow the instructions in the box. The clinician sets the volume for each area and patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Slim Point Body be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at room temperature, away from direct sunlight. Use a container straight after opening and do not keep or reuse what is left. Check the expiry date printed on the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Slim Point Body from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/fat-dissolving\"\u003eKorean fat dissolving solutions\u003c\/a\u003e. A similar lecithin and bromelain formula is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lemon-bottle\"\u003eLemon Bottle\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSlim Point Body FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Slim Point Body?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree containers of 30 mL each, 90 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Slim Point Body contain PPC or deoxycholic acid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are not among the named actives. The named actives are lecithin, bromelain and vitamin B12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm describes one session a week for three weeks. The clinician decides the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on the face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse Slim Point Face for the chin, cheeks and jawline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384405025050,"sku":"","price":88.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/42005-Slim-Point-Body.jpg?v=1687315161"},{"product_id":"lipo-lab-ppc-solution","title":"Lipo Lab PPC Solution","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLipo Lab PPC Solution\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean contouring solution based on phosphatidylcholine (PPC) and sodium deoxycholate, with added L-carnitine. Each box holds ten 10 mL vials. Clinics use it for localised fat on the body — abdomen, flanks, thighs, arms — and under the chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Lipo Lab PPC Solution made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a PPC and deoxycholate formula. This is the classic pairing used in injection lipolysis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphatidylcholine (PPC)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a phospholipid, usually sourced from soy, that emulsifies fat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSodium deoxycholate\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bile salt. It keeps the PPC in solution and breaks down fat cell membranes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL-carnitine\u003c\/strong\u003e — an amino acid derivative that carries fatty acids into cells to be used for energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier material describes high-purity raw materials (about 99.8% for PPC and 98% for deoxycholate). Take the exact amounts per vial from the label of your batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Lipo Lab PPC compare with deoxycholic acid and botanical solutions?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main difference is the active ingredient and the area each product is sized for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLipo Lab PPC\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kabelline\"\u003eKabelline\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lipo-lab-v-line-1\"\u003eLipo Lab V-Line\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePPC, sodium deoxycholate, L-carnitine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeoxycholic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant extracts, L-carnitine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsual area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody, double chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, small body areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther PPC options we stock are \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lipovela\"\u003eLipovela\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/luscilipo\"\u003eLusciLipo\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Lipo Lab PPC used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the subcutaneous fat layer in a grid of small points. Common reference figures are 0.2–0.4 mL per point, with points about 1–1.5 cm apart. The clinician sets the total volume by area and patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReference plan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 10–14 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull course\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 sessions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst visible change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinal result\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–12 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwelling, redness and tenderness for a few days are expected with PPC and deoxycholate. Tell patients before the first session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Lipo Lab PPC be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, in the original box, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Lipo Lab PPC from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/fat-dissolving\"\u003eKorean fat dissolving solutions\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLipo Lab PPC Solution FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen vials of 10 mL each, 100 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PPC stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhosphatidylcholine, a phospholipid that emulsifies fat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA course is usually 4–6 sessions, 10–14 days apart. The clinician decides the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should not have Lipo Lab PPC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatients who are pregnant or breastfeeding, or who are allergic to soy or any ingredient. Take a full medical history first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it for weight loss?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is for small, localised areas of fat only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384419737882,"sku":"","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/2-540x540.jpg?v=1687315340"},{"product_id":"kabelline","title":"Kabelline","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKabelline\u003c\/strong\u003e is a contouring serum made by Dexlevo Inc. in South Korea. Its active ingredient is synthetic deoxycholic acid, with L-carnitine added. Each box holds five 8 mL vials. Clinics use it for small, defined areas of fat — most often the double chin, and also the abdomen, thighs and upper arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original Dexlevo box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Kabelline made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKabelline is a deoxycholic acid solution. It contains no phosphatidylcholine (PPC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeoxycholic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bile acid that the body also makes itself to help digest fat. The synthetic form is used here.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL-carnitine\u003c\/strong\u003e — an amino acid derivative that carries fatty acids into cells to be used for energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater\u003c\/strong\u003e as the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake the exact strength per mL from the label of your batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Kabelline work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeoxycholic acid breaks down the membrane of fat cells it touches. The cell contents are released and the body clears them over the following weeks. Because the fat cells themselves are destroyed, they do not refill. Remaining fat cells can still grow if the patient gains weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKabelline vs PPC solutions — which should you stock?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by area. Deoxycholic acid on its own is used for small, precise areas. PPC with deoxycholate is the usual pick for larger body areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKabelline\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/delgada\"\u003eDelgada\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lipo-lab-ppc-solution\"\u003eLipo Lab PPC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain active\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeoxycholic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeoxycholic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePPC + sodium deoxycholate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlso contains\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eL-carnitine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarnitine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eL-carnitine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble chin, small pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace and body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger body areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Kabelline used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is placed in the subcutaneous fat layer in small amounts across a marked grid. Follow the instructions for use in the box for the volume per point, the spacing, the limit per session and the gap between sessions. Results build over a course of sessions, not one visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwelling, tenderness and some numbness in the treated area are expected for several days, and can be marked under the chin. Tell patients before the first session. Under the chin, stay clear of the marginal mandibular nerve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Kabelline be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it as printed on the box: in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Use an opened vial promptly and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Kabelline from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/fat-dissolving\"\u003eKorean fat dissolving solutions\u003c\/a\u003e. Many clinics add a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e to the same order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKabelline FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Kabelline?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDexlevo Inc., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 8 mL each, 40 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Kabelline contain PPC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The active ingredient is deoxycholic acid, with L-carnitine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs swelling normal after Kabelline?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Swelling and tenderness for several days are expected with deoxycholic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the result lasting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDestroyed fat cells do not return, but the remaining cells can grow with weight gain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Kabelline wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384431960346,"sku":"","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/1-540x540.jpg?v=1687315420"},{"product_id":"cutegel-ultra","title":"CUTEGEL ULTRA","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-volume hyaluronic acid (HA) filler made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 2.0 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a large particle size of about 1,400 µm. It is made for deep, subcutaneous contouring where a 1 mL syringe is not enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Ultra made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Ultra is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a dense, even gel at 20 mg\/mL. Cutegel is produced with and without lidocaine, so check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Ultra vs Strong and the rest of the range — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by volume. Ultra and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e share the same particle size of about 1,400 µm. Ultra gives 2 mL per syringe and Strong gives 3 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Ultra used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Ultra is used for volumising and contouring treatments that need more gel in one session. It also fills deep depressions such as scars or pronounced folds. The firm gel holds its shape after placement. It is not suitable for fine lines or thin skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger body areas, see our dedicated \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003ebody fillers\u003c\/a\u003e, which come in much bigger volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel Ultra injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Ultra is placed in the subcutaneous layer. Because the gel is dense, clinicians inject slowly, usually with a wider needle or a cannula, after aspirating. The area and volume are decided by the treating clinician. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel Ultra last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 12 months or more. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel Ultra be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel Ultra from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Ultra FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel Ultra?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel Ultra syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.0 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel Ultra and Strong?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSyringe size. Ultra holds 2 mL and Strong holds 3 mL. Both use particles of about 1,400 µm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Cutegel Ultra suitable for fine lines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too firm for shallow lines. Use Cutegel S for fine lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel Ultra be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384835367194,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/75-450x450.jpg?v=1687319395"},{"product_id":"cutegel-strong","title":"CUTEGEL STRONG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest syringe in the Cutegel hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 3.0 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a large particle size of about 1,400 µm. It is made for deep, subcutaneous contouring that needs a lot of gel in one session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Strong made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Strong is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a dense, even gel at 20 mg\/mL. Cutegel is produced with and without lidocaine, so check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Strong vs Ultra and the rest of the range — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by volume. Strong and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e share the same particle size of about 1,400 µm. Strong gives 3 mL per syringe and Ultra gives 2 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Strong used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Strong is used when a treatment plan calls for several millilitres of firm gel. One 3 mL syringe replaces three standard 1 mL syringes, which means fewer syringe changes during the session. The gel holds its shape after placement. It is not suitable for fine lines or thin skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger body areas, see our dedicated \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003ebody fillers\u003c\/a\u003e, which come in much bigger volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel Strong injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Strong is placed in the subcutaneous layer. Because the gel is dense, clinicians inject slowly, usually with a wider needle or a cannula, after aspirating. The area and volume are decided by the treating clinician. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel Strong last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 12 months or more. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel Strong be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel Strong from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Strong FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel Strong?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel Strong syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3.0 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel Strong and Ultra?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSyringe size. Strong holds 3 mL and Ultra holds 2 mL. Both use particles of about 1,400 µm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Cutegel Strong suitable for fine lines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too firm for shallow lines. Use Cutegel S for fine lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel Strong be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384836972826,"sku":"","price":34.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/77-450x450.jpg?v=1687319409"},{"product_id":"cutegel-n","title":"CUTEGEL N","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/strong\u003e is the medium gel in the Cutegel hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 1.0 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a particle size of about 600 µm. It is the everyday choice for moderate folds and soft volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel N made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel N is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a smooth gel at 20 mg\/mL. BNC Korea makes it with and without lidocaine. The lidocaine version (model CL-N) contains 0.3% lidocaine to ease injection discomfort. Check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel S, N, Max, Max 1400, Ultra or Strong — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and depth. Small particles suit shallow lines. Large particles hold shape in deep tissue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you stock only one Cutegel, N covers the widest range of daily face treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel N used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel N is used for moderate to deep wrinkles and folds. Typical areas are nasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips and the cheeks. The gel is firm enough to lift a fold but still soft enough for areas that move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel N injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel N is placed in the mid to deep dermis. Common techniques are linear threading and fanning, injected slowly. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, especially for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel N last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 6 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel N be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel N from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel N FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel N?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel N syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.0 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Cutegel N contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine version (CL-N) contains 0.3% lidocaine. A version without lidocaine also exists, so check the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Cutegel N good for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is commonly used for lip volume. For the lip border and fine lines, the softer Cutegel S is a better match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel N and Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eN has particles of about 600 µm for the dermis. Max has particles of about 1,000 µm and is placed deeper to shape the nose, chin and forehead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384841724186,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/35-450x450.jpg?v=1687319436"},{"product_id":"cutegel-max-1400","title":"Cutegel Max 1400","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/strong\u003e is a very firm hyaluronic acid (HA) filler made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds two 1.1 mL pre-filled syringes of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA. The name comes from its particle size of about 1,400 µm, the largest in the Cutegel face range. It is made for deep contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Max 1400 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max 1400 is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a dense gel at 20 mg\/mL. It is sold with lidocaine to ease injection discomfort; check the box label to confirm the version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Max 1400 vs Max and the rest of the range — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and volume. Max 1400 has larger particles than \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e and gives you 2.2 mL per box instead of 1.1 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max\"\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Max 1400 used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max 1400 is used to restore lost volume and define deep facial contours. Typical areas are the chin, jawline, cheeks and forehead. The two-syringe box suits treatments that need both sides balanced, such as the jawline or cheeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel Max 1400 injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max 1400 is placed in the subcutaneous layer or deeper. Clinicians usually inject small boluses or slow retrograde threads, often with a cannula, after aspirating. The clinician decides the volume for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel Max 1400 last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 12 months or more. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel Max 1400 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel Max 1400 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Max 1400 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel Max 1400?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-filled syringes of 1.1 mL each, 2.2 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does 1400 mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt refers to the particle size of about 1,400 µm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Cutegel Max 1400 suitable for fine lines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too firm for shallow lines. Use Cutegel S for fine lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel Max 1400 be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384844575002,"sku":"","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/76-450x450.jpg?v=1687319456"},{"product_id":"cutegel-max","title":"CUTEGEL MAX","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/strong\u003e is a firm hyaluronic acid (HA) filler made by BNC Korea in South Korea. Each box holds one 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe of 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with a large particle size of about 1,000 µm. It is made for deep placement to shape the nose, chin and forehead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Max made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max is non-animal hyaluronic acid cross-linked with BDDE into a dense gel at 20 mg\/mL. BNC Korea makes it with and without lidocaine. The lidocaine version (model CL-Max) contains 0.3% lidocaine to ease injection discomfort. Check the box label to see which version you hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Max vs Max 1400 and the rest of the range — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by particle size and depth. Max uses about 1,000 µm particles in a single syringe. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eMax 1400\u003c\/a\u003e uses larger particles of about 1,400 µm and comes as two syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParticle size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 200 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-n\"\u003eCutegel N\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutegel Max\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNose, chin, forehead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-max-1400\"\u003eCutegel Max 1400\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1.1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-ultra\"\u003eCutegel Ultra\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-strong\"\u003eCutegel Strong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,400 µm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLargest-volume contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Cutegel Max used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max is used to add structure and projection. Typical areas are the nose, chin and forehead, plus deep folds that softer gels cannot lift. It is too firm for fine, shallow lines; use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/cutegel-s\"\u003eCutegel S\u003c\/a\u003e for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Cutegel Max injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutegel Max is placed in the subcutaneous layer or deeper. Clinicians usually inject small boluses or slow retrograde threads, after aspirating. The clinician decides the volume for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Cutegel Max last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report 12 months or more. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Cutegel Max be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Cutegel Max from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCutegel Max FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Cutegel Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much gel is in a Cutegel Max syringe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.1 mL in one pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Cutegel Max contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine version (CL-Max) contains 0.3% lidocaine. A version without lidocaine also exists, so check the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Cutegel Max and Max 1400?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMax has particles of about 1,000 µm in one 1.1 mL syringe. Max 1400 has particles of about 1,400 µm and comes as two 1.1 mL syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Cutegel Max be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45384846934298,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/43-540x540.jpg?v=1687319481"},{"product_id":"ammi-aqua","title":"Ammi Aqua","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/strong\u003e is the medium gel in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is the all-round choice for moderate wrinkles, lips and soft contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 10, 20 or 30 option above, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm quantities and trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Aqua made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process. NMC refines the gel into very fine particles while keeping it cohesive, so a medium-viscosity gel still injects smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density. Aqua sits in the middle: firmer than Hydro, softer than Crystal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-crystal\"\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-diamond\"\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe. If you stock only one Ammi filler, Aqua covers the widest range of daily treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Aqua used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is used for moderate wrinkles and soft volume. Typical areas are nasolabial folds, marionette lines, forehead wrinkles, lips, cheekbones and cheeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Aqua injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is placed in the mid to deep dermis with a 27G needle. Common techniques are linear threading and fanning, injected slowly. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. The lidocaine in the gel reduces discomfort, and some clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Aqua last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Aqua be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Aqua from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Aqua FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Aqua?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Aqua contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Ammi Aqua a filler or a skin booster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a cross-linked HA dermal filler. It adds volume and fills folds; it is not a mesotherapy solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Aqua and Crystal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are 20 mg\/mL. Aqua is a medium gel for folds and lips. Crystal is the densest of the three 20 mg\/mL gels, for chin and cheekbone shaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Aqua be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Korean Aesthetic","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":49124331258138,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20","offer_id":49124331290906,"sku":"","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30","offer_id":49124331323674,"sku":"","price":31.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/ammiaqua.jpg?v=1695800253"},{"product_id":"ammi-crystal","title":"Ammi Crystal","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/strong\u003e is the densest of the 20 mg\/mL gels in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is made for deep wrinkles and for shaping the cheekbones, cheeks and chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 10, 20 or 30 option above, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm quantities and trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Crystal made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Crystal is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process. Crystal uses larger particles than Hydro and Aqua, which helps it replace lost volume, yet the gel stays fluid enough to inject without high pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density. Crystal is the firmest gel at 20 mg\/mL. Diamond raises the HA content to 25 mg\/mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-aqua\"\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-diamond\"\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Crystal used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Crystal is used for volume and contour. Typical uses are cheekbone, cheek and chin modelling, deep nasolabial folds, deep wrinkles and correction of the face outline. It is too firm for fine, shallow lines; use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Crystal injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Crystal is placed in the deep dermis or deeper with a 27G needle. Clinicians usually inject slow threads or small boluses after aspirating. The clinician decides the volume for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Crystal last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Crystal be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Crystal from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Crystal FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Crystal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Crystal contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Ammi filler is best for the chin and cheekbones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Crystal. It is the densest 20 mg\/mL gel in the range and is made for contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Crystal and Diamond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrystal has 20 mg\/mL of HA. Diamond has 25 mg\/mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Crystal be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":49862109102362,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20","offer_id":49862109135130,"sku":"","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30","offer_id":49862109167898,"sku":"","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/AmmiCrystal.jpg?v=1695801497"},{"product_id":"ammi-diamond","title":"Ammi Diamond","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/strong\u003e is the highest-concentration gel in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 25 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is made for moderate to deep wrinkles and for shaping the chin, cheekbones and cheeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the Ammi range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Diamond made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Diamond is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 25 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. That is 5 mg\/mL more HA than Hydro, Aqua and Crystal. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process, which keeps the gel cohesive and elastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density and HA content. Diamond is the only Ammi face filler at 25 mg\/mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-aqua\"\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-crystal\"\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Diamond used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Diamond is used for moderate to deep wrinkles and face shaping. Typical areas are nasolabial folds, forehead wrinkles, the chin, cheekbones and cheeks. It is too firm for fine, shallow lines; use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Diamond injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Diamond is placed in the mid to deep dermis or deeper, using the needle supplied in the box. Clinicians usually inject slow threads or small boluses after aspirating. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. The lidocaine in the gel reduces discomfort, and some clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Diamond last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Diamond be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Diamond from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Diamond FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Diamond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much hyaluronic acid is in Ammi Diamond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25 mg\/mL, in a 1 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Diamond contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Diamond and Crystal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiamond has 25 mg\/mL of HA. Crystal has 20 mg\/mL. Both are dense gels for deeper work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Diamond be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46867586908442,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/AmmiDiamond.jpg?v=1695867826"},{"product_id":"ammi-hydro","title":"Ammi Hydro","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/strong\u003e is the lightest gel in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is made for fine lines, early wrinkles and soft lip work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of the Ammi range below, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eask us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Hydro made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Hydro is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process. NMC refines the gel into very fine particles while keeping it cohesive, so it flows evenly through a thin needle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density. Hydro is the lightest. Each step up is firmer and goes deeper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-aqua\"\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-crystal\"\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-diamond\"\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Hydro used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Hydro is used for the first signs of ageing. Typical areas are forehead lines, light nasolabial folds, fine lines around the mouth and eyes, and the lips. The light gel suits thin skin and areas that move a lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Hydro injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Hydro is placed in the superficial to mid dermis with a 30G needle. Small amounts are injected slowly by serial puncture or linear threading. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. The lidocaine in the gel reduces discomfort, and some clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Hydro last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Hydro be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Hydro from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Hydro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Hydro contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Ammi Hydro good for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It suits soft, natural lip work. For more lip volume, Ammi Aqua is firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Hydro and Aqua?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydro is a light gel used with a 30G needle for fine lines. Aqua is a medium gel used with a 27G needle for deeper folds and volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Hydro be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46867682197786,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/AmmiHydro.png?v=1695868882"},{"product_id":"b-esta-10-ml-body-filler","title":"B-esta 10 ml Body Filler","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eB-esta 10 ml Body Filler\u003c\/strong\u003e is a stabilised hyaluronic acid (HA) gel for body contouring, made by BNC Global in South Korea. This listing is for one 10 mL pre-filled syringe. Doctors use it to restore volume and smooth surface dips in body areas, not in the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10 mL size suits smaller corrections, touch-ups and uneven areas. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eB-esta 10 ml or 50 ml — which size should you order?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes are the same B-esta gel. Choose by how much gel a typical treatment in your clinic needs, because an opened container is for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB-esta 10 ml\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/b-esta-50-ml-body-filler\"\u003eB-esta 50 ml\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL pre-filled syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mL bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall corrections, touch-ups, uneven spots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger body areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreparation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady to use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawn up into sterile syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eSame stabilised hyaluronic acid gel, same manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is B-esta 10 ml made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eB-esta is a pure gel based on stabilised, non-animal hyaluronic acid. The manufacturer describes a special purification step that is meant to lower the chance of allergic reactions. Supplier information lists 24 mg\/mL HA with 0.3% lidocaine; check these figures on the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is B-esta 10 ml used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eB-esta is used to add volume and even out the surface of body areas. The manufacturer names the buttocks, lower legs and breasts, plus the correction of surface irregularities. It gives a result without surgery, and the gel is slowly absorbed over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a facial filler. For the face, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is B-esta 10 ml used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eB-esta 10 ml is placed deep under the skin by a doctor trained in body filler work, usually through a blunt cannula. We do not publish volumes or session plans for body fillers. The plane, the amount and the gap between sessions must come from the manufacturer's instructions for use and the treating doctor's assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the gel is hyaluronic acid, it can be broken down with hyaluronidase. We stock \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does B-esta 10 ml last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer describes the effect as quick and long-lasting. Supplier information cites 18 to 24 months, but this figure is not confirmed by the manufacturer. Real duration depends on the area, the amount placed and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should B-esta 10 ml be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore B-esta 10 ml as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use, and use each container for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying B-esta 10 ml from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003eKorean body fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sedy-fill-60ml\"\u003eSedy Fill\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/deneb-classic-h-1\"\u003eDeneB Classic H\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eB-esta 10 ml FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes B-esta?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 10 mL pre-filled syringe of hyaluronic acid gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the 10 ml gel different from the 50 ml gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the same gel in a different container size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan B-esta be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan B-esta be used in the face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a body filler. Use a facial dermal filler for the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order B-esta 10 ml wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868241219866,"sku":null,"price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/B-esta10mlBodyFiller.png?v=1695885868"},{"product_id":"b-esta-50-ml-body-filler","title":"B-esta 50 ml Body Filler","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eB-esta 50 ml Body Filler\u003c\/strong\u003e is a stabilised hyaluronic acid (HA) gel for body contouring, made by BNC Global in South Korea. This listing is for one 50 mL bottle. Doctors use it to restore volume and smooth surface dips in body areas, not in the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50 mL size suits larger areas where more gel is needed in one sitting. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eB-esta 10 ml or 50 ml — which size should you order?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes are the same B-esta gel. Choose by how much gel a typical treatment in your clinic needs, because an opened container is for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/b-esta-10-ml-body-filler\"\u003eB-esta 10 ml\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eB-esta 50 ml\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL pre-filled syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mL bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall corrections, touch-ups, uneven spots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger body areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreparation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady to use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawn up into sterile syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eSame stabilised hyaluronic acid gel, same manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is B-esta 50 ml made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eB-esta is a pure gel based on stabilised, non-animal hyaluronic acid. The manufacturer describes a special purification step that is meant to lower the chance of allergic reactions. Supplier information lists 24 mg\/mL HA with 0.3% lidocaine; check these figures on the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is B-esta 50 ml used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eB-esta is used to add volume and even out the surface of body areas. The manufacturer names the buttocks, lower legs and breasts, plus the correction of surface irregularities. It gives a result without surgery, and the gel is slowly absorbed over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a facial filler. For the face, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is B-esta 50 ml used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eB-esta 50 ml is placed deep under the skin by a doctor trained in body filler work, usually through a blunt cannula. We do not publish volumes or session plans for body fillers. The plane, the amount and the gap between sessions must come from the manufacturer's instructions for use and the treating doctor's assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the gel is hyaluronic acid, it can be broken down with hyaluronidase. We stock \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does B-esta 50 ml last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer describes the effect as quick and long-lasting. Supplier information cites 18 to 24 months, but this figure is not confirmed by the manufacturer. Real duration depends on the area, the amount placed and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should B-esta 50 ml be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore B-esta 50 ml as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use, and use each container for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying B-esta 50 ml from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003eKorean body fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/sedy-fill-60ml\"\u003eSedy Fill\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/deneb-classic-h-1\"\u003eDeneB Classic H\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eB-esta 50 ml FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes B-esta?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 50 mL bottle of hyaluronic acid gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the 10 ml gel different from the 50 ml gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the same gel in a different container size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan B-esta be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan B-esta be used in the face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a body filler. Use a facial dermal filler for the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order B-esta 50 ml wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868241383706,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/b-esta-body-filler-4-2-1000x1024.jpg?v=1747639565"},{"product_id":"metoo-healer","title":"Metoo Healer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetoo Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster made by Maypharm in South Korea. It combines PDRN and hyaluronic acid with 53 supporting actives — vitamins, amino acids, coenzymes, nucleic acids, minerals and an antioxidant. This listing is for a box of ten 3 mL vials. Clinics use it to nourish and hydrate tired skin and to improve tone and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Metoo Healer made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Healer is built on PDRN and hyaluronic acid, plus a 53-part nutrient mix. The manufacturer calls the formula \"PDRN Boost CH\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmino acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclude arginine, lysine and histidine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVitamins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclude a B complex with niacinamide and biotin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoenzymes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport cell metabolism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinerals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrace elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNucleic acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilding blocks of DNA and RNA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtects against oxidative stress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish the concentration of each ingredient. Some suppliers quote 0.5% PDRN; check the box for the figures that apply to your batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Metoo Healer used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer says the formula is aimed at fibroblast function. It lists nutrient-rich hydration, a stronger skin barrier, support for skin regeneration, and better tone and texture. Clinics use it for dry, dull or tired skin, fine lines and enlarged pores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Metoo Healer different from a plain PDRN booster?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plain PDRN or PN booster such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e relies on DNA fragments alone. Metoo Healer adds hyaluronic acid and a broad vitamin and amino acid mix, closer to a mesotherapy cocktail. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e sits in between, with PDRN, hyaluronic acid and niacinamide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Metoo Healer used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Healer is supplied in vials for use by a trained professional. The manufacturer lists it as an injectable skin booster. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. We do not publish depths, volumes or session plans for this product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Metoo Healer be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Metoo Healer as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Metoo Healer from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. The Maypharm range also includes \u003ca href=\"\/products\/metox-100u\"\u003eMetox\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMetoo Healer FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Metoo Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen 3 mL vials, as listed for this product. Check the pack details on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many ingredients does Metoo Healer have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN and hyaluronic acid plus 53 supporting actives: 23 amino acids, 12 vitamins, 6 coenzymes, 6 minerals, 5 nucleic acids and 1 antioxidant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Metoo Healer a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with a fish allergy have it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN is usually taken from salmon, so a known fish allergy is a reason not to treat. The treating doctor decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Metoo Healer wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883032629530,"sku":null,"price":251.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MetooHealer.webp?v=1695969620"},{"product_id":"p-cell","title":"P-Cell","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eP-Cell\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster made by Mediable Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds five 3 mL vials of a concentrated PDRN-based solution. Clinics use it to calm and hydrate stressed skin and to support recovery after procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is P-Cell made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP-Cell is listed as a PDRN (polydeoxyribonucleotide) solution with hyaluronic acid. PDRN is a purified DNA fragment, usually taken from salmon. Hyaluronic acid holds water in the skin. The manufacturer does not publish concentrations in the trade information we could verify, so check the ingredient list printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is P-Cell used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists these skin concerns:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003every dry skin that needs hydration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewrinkles and fine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eredness left by acne\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003escars and skin that heals slowly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eirritated or stressed skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a soothing, skin-quality product. It does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is P-Cell used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP-Cell must be used the way the manufacturer's instructions describe. The manufacturer's trade listing presents it as a soothing care essence, while some suppliers describe it as an injectable booster. Because the route is not confirmed, we do not publish an injection protocol. Read the leaflet in the box before use and follow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does P-Cell compare with other PDRN boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table shows where P-Cell sits next to PDRN products with a published composition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eP-Cell\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/syniro-pdrn\"\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed actives\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 5 mg\/mL, HA 20 mg\/mL, niacinamide 1 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 2%, HA 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMediable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioPlus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBNC Global\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does P-Cell need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a fixed plan in the information we could verify. Soothing and repair products are normally used as a short course. The professional in charge sets the number of sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should P-Cell be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore P-Cell as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Use each vial for one person and one session, and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying P-Cell from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e for a polynucleotide option. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eP-Cell FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes P-Cell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMediable Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive 3 mL vials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PDRN stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotide — purified DNA fragments used in skin-repair products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs P-Cell injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions in the box. The route of use is not confirmed in the manufacturer information we could verify, so we do not publish an injection protocol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs P-Cell a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin-quality product and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order P-Cell wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883033186586,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/P-Cell.webp?v=1695969938"},{"product_id":"regenovue-pn","title":"Regenovue PN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegenovue PN\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster from the Regenovue range by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea. It combines hyaluronic acid (HA) with polynucleotide (PN) taken from salmon DNA, in one 3 mL pre-filled syringe. Clinics use it to hydrate the skin and support its repair at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a skin-quality treatment, not a volume filler. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue PN, Aqua Shine or Aqua Shine Plus — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Regenovue PN when the skin needs repair as well as water — for example thin, tired or sun-damaged skin. The Aqua Shine products contain HA only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine\"\u003eAqua Shine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine-plus\"\u003eAqua Shine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegenovue PN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimally cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHA plus salmon polynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLonger-lasting hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration plus skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker's session plan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, monthly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, every 2 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weekly sessions, then every 2–3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue PN made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue PN has two active ingredients: hyaluronic acid and salmon-derived polynucleotide. Trade information lists 15 mg of HA and 5 mg of PN for the 3 mL syringe. Suppliers give slightly different figures, so check the composition printed on the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e holds water in the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/strong\u003e is a chain of DNA fragments. It is used to support fibroblasts, the cells that make collagen and elastin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue PN used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve moisture, elasticity and the skin barrier, and to soften fine lines. It is used on the face, neck, décolleté and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Regenovue PN used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trained professional injects small deposits into the upper layers of the skin. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. Depth and volume per point should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Regenovue PN need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade information for the product suggests four to five sessions, one week apart, then a maintenance session every two to three months. The effect is described as lasting about six months. The treating clinician sets the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Regenovue PN be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Regenovue PN as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Regenovue PN from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other salmon-DNA boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue PN FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Regenovue PN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt belongs to the Regenovue range by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 3 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PN mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolynucleotide — purified DNA fragments, here taken from salmon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Regenovue PN a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with a fish allergy have it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePN comes from salmon, so a known fish allergy is a reason not to treat. The treating doctor decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Regenovue PN wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883034169626,"sku":null,"price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RegenovuePN.jpg?v=1695971453"},{"product_id":"rejuran","title":"Rejuran Healer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster made by PharmaResearch in South Korea. Each box holds two 2 mL pre-filled syringes of 2% PN, purified from salmon DNA. Clinics use it across the whole face and neck to improve skin texture, fine lines, pore size and elasticity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the original product in the Rejuran range. We ship it from Seoul in original packaging. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran Healer made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only active ingredient is polynucleotide at 2% (20 mg per mL). PN is a long chain of purified DNA fragments taken from salmon. There is no hyaluronic acid and no lidocaine in the syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran Healer is a skin booster, not a filler. PN binds water in the dermis and is reported to support fibroblasts, the cells that make collagen. The skin is not filled; it slowly becomes denser and smoother.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran Healer vs HB vs I vs S — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Healer for overall skin quality on the full face. The other three are the same PN idea adjusted for one job: comfort and hydration (HB), the eye area (I) or scars (S).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics pair two products in one visit: Healer for the face and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e for the thin skin under the eyes. For a patient with old acne marks, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e is placed under each scar and Healer is used on the skin around it. If a patient finds PN injections too sore, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e is the gentler option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions of Rejuran Healer are needed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost published clinic plans use three to four sessions, three to four weeks apart, then one maintenance session every 6 to 12 months. The table below is a typical reference plan, not a rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTiming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsual amount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe for a full face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 3–4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 6–8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 4 (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 9–12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 6–12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box covers two full-face sessions, so two boxes cover a four-session course for one patient. The treating clinician sets the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran Healer injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected into the dermis with a fine needle, in a grid of small droplets about 1 cm apart. Each point takes a very small amount, often around 0.05 mL. Small raised bumps are normal and usually flatten within one to three days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe syringe has no anaesthetic, so most clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for 20 to 30 minutes first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do results show and how long do they last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResults are gradual. Skin often looks more even and hydrated two to four weeks after a session, and improves further with each visit. After a full course, clinics commonly report results lasting around 6 to 12 months. This varies with age, skin condition and lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran Healer be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box at room temperature as printed on the packaging, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran Healer from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e, another PN booster we stock. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran Healer FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Rejuran Healer a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a polynucleotide skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-filled syringes of 2 mL each, 4 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran Healer contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. If you want PN with built-in lidocaine, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRejuran Healer or Rejuran I for under the eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I. It is a thinner 1% PN gel made for the fine skin around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Rejuran Healer wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and country for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883035119898,"sku":null,"price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Rejuran.jpg?v=1695972099"},{"product_id":"rejuran-hb","title":"Rejuran HB","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster from PharmaResearch in South Korea that combines salmon-derived polynucleotide (PN) with hyaluronic acid (HA) and lidocaine. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe. Clinics choose it for dry, dull skin and for patients who find standard PN injections too sore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent stock is sold under the name Rejuran HB Plus, the version with lidocaine in the syringe. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran HB made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran HB has three ingredients: sodium polynucleotide, sodium hyaluronate and lidocaine hydrochloride. PN supports skin repair, HA holds water in the skin, and lidocaine numbs the area as you inject.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact strength of each ingredient is printed on the box. The HA is there for hydration, not volume, so Rejuran HB is a skin booster and not a filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran HB vs Healer, I and S — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick Rejuran HB when hydration and comfort matter most. Pick \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e when you want PN alone at 2% for the full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause HA and lidocaine share the syringe, HB carries less PN per mL than Healer. In return, the injection is much more comfortable and the skin gets an early \"water glow\" from the HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran HB used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran HB is injected into the dermis in small droplets across the treatment area. Clinics commonly plan three sessions, two to four weeks apart, with maintenance every 6 to 12 months. Small bumps at the injection points usually settle in one to two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier listings give the face, neck, décolleté and backs of the hands as treatment areas. The treating clinician decides the amount and the plan for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat results can patients expect?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatients usually notice fresher, better-hydrated skin first, because HA works quickly. The PN effect on texture, fine lines and elasticity builds over the course. Clinics commonly report results lasting 6 to 12 months after a full course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran HB be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box as printed on the packaging, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the seal and expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran HB from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran HB FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran HB?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran HB contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Rejuran HB Plus has lidocaine in the syringe to reduce injection pain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Rejuran HB a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a PN and HA skin booster. It hydrates and supports skin repair but does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRejuran HB or Rejuran Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHB for dry skin and low pain tolerance. Healer for a stronger PN-only treatment of the full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883035644186,"sku":null,"price":98.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RejuranHB.jpg?v=1695972539"},{"product_id":"rejuran-i","title":"Rejuran I","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster for the eye area, made by PharmaResearch in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 1% PN from salmon DNA. Clinics use it on the thin skin under and around the eyes for fine lines, crepey texture and a tired look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gel is thinner than Rejuran Healer, so it spreads evenly where skin is delicate. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran I made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I contains polynucleotide at 1% (10 mg per mL) and nothing else active. There is no hyaluronic acid and no lidocaine. The lower strength and lower viscosity are what make it suitable for eyelid and under-eye skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran I vs Healer, HB and S — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse Rejuran I for the eye area only. For the rest of the face, clinics use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common plan is Healer for the full face and Rejuran I around the eyes in the same visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Rejuran I treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I is used for fine lines under the eyes, crow's feet and thin, crepey eyelid skin. By making the skin slightly denser, it can also make dark circles caused by thin skin look less obvious. It does not fill a hollow tear trough. That needs a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003esoft dermal filler\u003c\/a\u003e and a different technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran I used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected very superficially into the dermis in tiny droplets with a fine needle. Supplier listings describe four sessions, two weeks apart, then maintenance about every six months. Small bumps are normal and usually settle within one to two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skin here bruises easily, so slow injection and small amounts per point matter. The treating clinician sets the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do results show?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges are gradual. Supplier information reports visible improvement around four weeks after injection, building across the course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran I be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, in a sealed container away from light. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran I from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, and add a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e since the syringe has no anaesthetic. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran I FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran I?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is Rejuran I?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1% polynucleotide, half the strength of Rejuran Healer, in a thinner gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran I contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Clinics usually apply a topical numbing cream first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejuran I replace a tear trough filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It improves skin quality but does not replace lost volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883036332314,"sku":null,"price":98.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/eng_pl_Rejuran-I-lidocaine-1x-1-ml-35_1.jpg?v=1747460845"},{"product_id":"rejuran-s","title":"Rejuran S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) injectable for scars, made by PharmaResearch in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 2% PN from salmon DNA in a thick, dense gel. Clinics place it under acne scars and other depressed scars, one scar at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a spot treatment, not a full-face booster. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran S made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran S contains polynucleotide at 2% (20 mg per mL). That is the same strength as Rejuran Healer, but the gel is much more viscous. The thicker gel stays where it is placed and gives the base of a scar some support. There is no lidocaine in the syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran S vs Healer, HB and I — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse Rejuran S only where there is a dent to lift. For general skin quality, use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics treat each scar with Rejuran S and the surrounding skin with Healer in the same course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich scars does Rejuran S suit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran S suits depressed (atrophic) scars such as rolling and boxcar acne scars. It is not designed for raised or keloid scars. Deep, tethered scars often respond better when the clinician first releases them with subcision and then places Rejuran S underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran S used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected into the dermis directly under each scar in small amounts. Clinics commonly plan three to four sessions, about four weeks apart. The thick gel can leave pinpoint swelling for two to three days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat clinics commonly do\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBefore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumbing cream; subcision for tethered scars if needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall deposit under each scar base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepeat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 4 weeks, 3–4 sessions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 6–12 months if needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe treating clinician decides the amount and the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran S be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, away from light. Do not freeze. Check the seal and expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran S from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing creams\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran S FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Rejuran S and Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are 2% PN. Rejuran S is a thicker gel in a 1 mL syringe made for scars; Healer is for the full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejuran S be used on the whole face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not made for that. It is placed under individual scars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics commonly plan three to four sessions about four weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883036889370,"sku":null,"price":98.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/REJURAN_s_SHPRIC.png?v=1747460566"},{"product_id":"rejeunesse-fine-1","title":"Rejeunesse Fine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejeunesse Fine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by NewMedic Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe with 24 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is the soft gel of the Rejeunesse range and is used for fine to medium lines such as crow's feet, perioral lines and the lip border.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejeunesse Fine, Deep or Shape — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. Rejeunesse Fine is the soft option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRejeunesse Fine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejeunesse-deep-1\"\u003eRejeunesse Deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejeunesse-shape-1\"\u003eRejeunesse Shape\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, crow's feet, lip border\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, lips, chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheeks, chin, jawline, nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle listed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e24 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 0.3% lidocaine, 1.1 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejeunesse Fine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Fine is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 24 mg\/mL, cross-linked with BDDE. NewMedic makes it with its UPHEC process, a multi-stage purification step that is meant to leave very little residual cross-linker in the finished gel. All three Rejeunesse gels share the same HA concentration; what changes is how firm the gel is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel eases discomfort as you inject. For sensitive areas, many clinics still apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003etopical numbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Rejeunesse Fine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Fine is a soft gel for thin skin. Doctors use it for crow's feet, lines around the mouth, fine forehead lines, neck lines and careful work on the lip contour. It spreads evenly, which lowers the risk of lumps near the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejeunesse Fine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Fine is injected into the superficial to mid dermis. Supplier information lists two 30G needles in the box. Inject slowly and in small amounts. As with every HA filler, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Rejeunesse Fine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information cites results of about 8 to 12 months. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejeunesse Fine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Supplier information gives a shelf life of 24 months from manufacture; check the expiry date on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejeunesse Fine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e to compare. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejeunesse Fine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejeunesse?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNewMedic Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe of 24 mg\/mL hyaluronic acid gel with 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is Rejeunesse Fine different from the other Rejeunesse gels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the soft gel. All three have the same HA and lidocaine content but differ in firmness and injection depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Rejeunesse Fine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 8 to 12 months, depending on the area and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejeunesse Fine be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883051110682,"sku":null,"price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RejeunesseFine.jpg?v=1696141320"},{"product_id":"melsmon","title":"Melsmon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMelsmon\u003c\/strong\u003e is a human placenta extract injection made by Melsmon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. in Japan. Each 2 mL ampoule holds 100 mg of water-soluble substance from broken-down human placental villi. This listing is a box of 50 ampoules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelsmon is a prescription-type injectable. This page sets out what is in the ampoule, how it is packed and how to store it. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Melsmon made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelsmon contains one active substance and one excipient. The figures below are from the manufacturer's package insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer 2 mL ampoule\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mg water-soluble substance of hydrolysed human placental villi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcipient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenzyl alcohol 0.03 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear, slightly yellow liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8–7.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMelsmon vs Laennec and other placenta injections — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey share a source but they are not the same medicine. Each maker uses its own process, so the amount and type of active differ. Do not swap one for another without checking the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive as listed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmount per 2 mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack on this site\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMelsmon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta extract\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 ampoules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/laennec-inj\"\u003eLaennec\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta hydrolysate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL ampoules, count as printed on the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/jbp-plamon-human-placenta-extract-inj\"\u003eJBP Plamon\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta extract\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs printed on the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ampoules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/plagensia-10a\"\u003ePlagensia 10A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta preparation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs printed on the ampoule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 ampoules, no outer box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/placein-m\"\u003ePlacein M\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta extract\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs printed on the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Melsmon used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's insert lists Melsmon for menopausal symptoms and for insufficient lactation, given by subcutaneous injection. We do not make skin or anti-ageing claims for it. Whether it suits a patient is a decision for the prescribing clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Melsmon dosed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDosing follows the product insert and the prescribing clinician. We do not publish dose, frequency or course length for prescription-type injectables, and nothing on this page replaces the insert in the box. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Melsmon be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Melsmon at room temperature, away from light. The insert gives a shelf life of 3 years from manufacture — check the date printed on the box. Keep ampoules sealed in the carton until use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat should clinics know before using Melsmon?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a medicine made from human placenta. Donor screening and heat treatment lower the risk of passing on infection, but they cannot remove it completely. Explain this to the patient and obtain consent before treatment. Record the batch number in the patient file. In some countries people who have received a human placenta injection may no longer donate blood, so raise this at the consultation. Do not use it in patients who have reacted to it before.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Melsmon from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship Melsmon worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, browse our other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vitamins-injectables\"\u003evitamin and nutrient injectables\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMelsmon FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Melsmon?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelsmon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Japan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many ampoules are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is a box of 50 ampoules of 2 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Melsmon contain a preservative?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Each ampoule contains 0.03 mL of benzyl alcohol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Melsmon need to be kept in the fridge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The insert states room temperature storage, away from light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Melsmon the same as Laennec?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Melsmon lists 100 mg of placenta extract per ampoule and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/laennec-inj\"\u003eLaennec\u003c\/a\u003e lists 112 mg of placenta hydrolysate. They are made by different companies with different processes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883051864346,"sku":null,"price":352.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Melsmon.png?v=1696057557"},{"product_id":"miracle-h-1","title":"Miracle H","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/strong\u003e is a liquid polycaprolactone (PCL) skin booster with added hyaluronic acid, from the Miracle range by Dexlevo in South Korea. Each box holds 5 vials of 2 mL. The formula combines 20% PCL, which prompts the skin to build new collagen, with 1% non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid for hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the hydrating version of \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-l\"\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/a\u003e. Clinics use it for dry, thin or dull skin that also needs firming. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle H made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle H contains 20% polycaprolactone in a particle-free colloid and 1% hyaluronic acid. The carrier includes polyethylene glycol, glycerin, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium lactate and sodium pyroglutamic acid, which hold water in the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the PCL is dissolved rather than suspended as microspheres, the liquid is even and does not leave lumps. It also passes through a very fine needle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle H vs Miracle L — which one should you stock?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Miracle H when hydration matters as much as firmness, and Miracle L when you want PCL alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-l\"\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePCL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%, non-cross-linked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollagen support plus hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCollagen support and firmness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry, dull, finely lined skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLax skin; patients who prefer no HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Miracle H work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works in two steps. The hyaluronic acid binds water straight away, so skin looks fresher early on. The PCL then breaks down slowly and signals fibroblasts to make new collagen over the following weeks and months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Miracle H used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle H is placed into the dermis by a trained professional using a mesotherapy technique. Distributors describe use on the face, neck and back of the hands with a fine 31G needle, and no massage afterwards. A course of 2–3 sessions about four weeks apart is commonly described. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Miracle H last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReported results last around 6 to 12 months. Texture and hydration tend to improve within about four weeks, while firmness builds more slowly as collagen forms. Results vary by patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Miracle H be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, between 1 and 30 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date printed on the box and use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Miracle H from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003eKorean biostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e. For pigmentation, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-touch-br\"\u003eMiracle Touch BR\u003c\/a\u003e from the same range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle H FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the H in Miracle H stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt marks the version with hyaluronic acid. Miracle L is the version without it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2 mL each, 10 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Miracle H a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It does not add volume. It is a liquid collagen stimulator that works on skin quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Miracle H contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Miracle H wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883052355866,"sku":null,"price":215.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MiracleH.webp?v=1696055857"},{"product_id":"syniro-pdrn","title":"Syniro PDRN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster made by BNC Global in South Korea. It combines 2% PDRN (polydeoxyribonucleotide) with 2% high-molecular-weight hyaluronic acid. This listing is for a box of two 2.2 mL pre-filled syringes. Clinics use it to support skin repair and restore moisture in tired or damaged skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Syniro PDRN compare with other BNC Global boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSyniro PDRN is the choice when you want PDRN and a strong dose of hyaluronic acid in the same syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/elaxen-pdrn\"\u003eElaxen PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-face\"\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-eyes\"\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain active\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 2% + HA 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN + HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepair plus hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElasticity and hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace, neck, décolleté, hands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003eBNC Global, South Korea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Syniro PDRN made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists two active ingredients:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDRN 2%\u003c\/strong\u003e — purified DNA fragments. The maker describes them as building blocks for the synthesis of nucleic acids in skin cells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-molecular-weight hyaluronic acid 2%\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds water in the skin and supports the skin barrier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome suppliers also list niacinamide and peptides. We could not confirm these with the manufacturer, so check the full ingredient list on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Syniro PDRN used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer says the product restores the activity of aged and damaged keratinocytes and fibroblasts. In practice it is used for dry, dull or stressed skin, loss of elasticity, uneven tone and a weak skin barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Syniro PDRN used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSyniro PDRN is placed in the skin by a trained professional. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. We do not publish depths or volumes for this product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Syniro PDRN need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN boosters are normally given as a short course followed by maintenance sessions. The manufacturer's instructions and the treating clinician set the number of sessions and the gap between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Syniro PDRN be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Syniro PDRN as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Syniro PDRN from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other PDRN and PN boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSyniro PDRN FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Syniro PDRN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 2.2 mL pre-filled syringes, as listed for this product. Check the pack details on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PDRN stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotide — purified DNA fragments used in skin-repair treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Syniro PDRN a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between PDRN and PN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are DNA fragments. PN chains are longer; PDRN chains are shorter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Syniro PDRN wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883385278746,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/SyniroPDRN.jpg?v=1695973524"},{"product_id":"sedy-fill-10ml","title":"Sedy Fill 10ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSedy Fill 10ml\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) body filler from Maypharm in South Korea. This listing is for one 10 mL syringe. The gel is made with Maypharm's HENM technology and is used by doctors for non-surgical body contouring and volume correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10 mL size suits small corrections and uneven areas. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSedy Fill 10ml or 60ml — which size should you order?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes are the same Sedy Fill gel. Choose by how much gel a typical treatment needs, because an opened container is for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSedy Fill 10ml\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sedy-fill-60ml\"\u003eSedy Fill 60ml\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mL vial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall corrections, asymmetry, touch-ups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger body areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreparation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady to use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawn up into sterile syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eSame cross-linked HA gel made with HENM technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Sedy Fill 10ml made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSedy Fill is cross-linked, non-animal hyaluronic acid. HENM technology produces a semi-solid gel with strong viscosity and cohesiveness, which helps it resist moving after placement. The gel is also easy to mould during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributor listings give the HA concentration as 24 mg\/mL, while some give 20 mg\/mL. Go by the figure printed on the box of your batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Sedy Fill 10ml used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm lists three main uses: correcting breast shape and size, adding volume to the buttocks, and correcting leg asymmetry. Clinics also use it to even out dips left after liposuction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Sedy Fill 10ml used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSedy Fill 10ml is placed deep under the skin by a doctor trained in body filler work, usually through a blunt cannula. We do not publish volumes or session plans for body fillers. The plane, the amount and the gap between sessions must come from the manufacturer's instructions for use and the treating doctor's assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the gel is hyaluronic acid, it can be broken down with hyaluronidase. We stock \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Sedy Fill 10ml last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm states that one treatment lasts 12 to 15 months on average, and up to 2 years with careful aftercare. Real duration depends on the area, the amount placed and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Sedy Fill 10ml be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Sedy Fill 10ml as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use, and use each container for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Sedy Fill 10ml from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/body-fillers\"\u003eKorean body fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wanna-fill-50ml\"\u003eWanna Fill 50ml\u003c\/a\u003e, which uses the same HENM technology. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSedy Fill 10ml FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Sedy Fill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 10 mL syringe of hyaluronic acid gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is HENM technology?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is Maypharm's method for making a cross-linked, semi-solid HA gel with high viscosity and cohesiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Sedy Fill be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Maypharm states it can be reversed with hyaluronidase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the 10ml gel different from the 60ml gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the same gel in a different container size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Sedy Fill 10ml wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883388915994,"sku":null,"price":103.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/SedyFill10ml.jpg?v=1696140697"},{"product_id":"tesoro-sub-q","title":"Tesoro Sub-Q","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTesoro Sub-Q\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler from the Tesoro range of BNC Global, South Korea. It comes as a pre-filled syringe and is the version without lidocaine. It is the firm gel in the range and is used for deep folds and for adding volume to the cheeks and chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTesoro Fine, Deep, Sub-Q or Implant — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth first, then decide whether you want lidocaine in the gel. Tesoro Sub-Q is the firm option. If you want the anaesthetic in the gel, order \u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-sub-q-lidocaine\"\u003eTesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSub-Q\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImplant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis \/ subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous \/ on bone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine, shallow lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds and lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds, cheeks, chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, nose, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWithout lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-fine\"\u003eTesoro Fine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-deep\"\u003eTesoro Deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTesoro Sub-Q\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWith lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-fine-lidocaine\"\u003eTesoro Fine Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-deep-lidocaine\"\u003eTesoro Deep Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-sub-q-lidocaine\"\u003eTesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-implant-lidocaine\"\u003eTesoro Implant Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Tesoro Sub-Q made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesoro Sub-Q is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid gel of non-animal origin. HA occurs naturally in skin and binds water. Cross-linking turns it into a gel that the body breaks down slowly, so the correction holds for months instead of days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact HA concentration and syringe volume are printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the version listed without lidocaine. It suits patients who should avoid local anaesthetics, and clinics that prefer their own pain control. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e before treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Tesoro Sub-Q treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesoro Sub-Q is a firm gel made to lift and add volume. It is used for deep folds, to restore volume in the cheeks and to shape the chin. A firm gel holds its shape under the weight of the tissue above it. It is too firm for superficial lines; use Fine or Deep there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Tesoro Sub-Q used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesoro Sub-Q is placed in the deep dermis or under the skin. Many clinicians use a cannula for cheek work. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Tesoro Sub-Q last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe have not confirmed a manufacturer figure for Tesoro Sub-Q. As a general guide, firm HA gels placed deep are often reported to last around 12 months or more. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Tesoro Sub-Q be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Tesoro Sub-Q in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not freeze. Follow the storage temperature and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Tesoro Sub-Q from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/voluderm\"\u003eVoluderm\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTesoro Sub-Q FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Tesoro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesoro is a filler range from BNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Tesoro Sub-Q contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the version listed without lidocaine. Lidocaine versions of the range are listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the HA concentration of Tesoro Sub-Q?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is printed on the box. Check it before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Tesoro Sub-Q right for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too firm. The Deep grade is the usual choice for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Tesoro Sub-Q last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo manufacturer figure is confirmed. Firm HA gels placed deep are often reported to last around 12 months or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Tesoro be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883392717082,"sku":null,"price":33.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/TesoroSub-Q.webp?v=1696139764"},{"product_id":"tesoro-sub-q-lidocaine","title":"Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler from the Tesoro range of BNC Global, South Korea. It comes as a pre-filled syringe with lidocaine in the gel. It is the firm gel in the range and is used for deep folds and for adding volume to the cheeks and chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTesoro Fine, Deep, Sub-Q or Implant — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth first, then decide whether you want lidocaine in the gel. Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine is the firm option. It is the same grade as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-sub-q\"\u003eTesoro Sub-Q\u003c\/a\u003e, with lidocaine added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSub-Q\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eImplant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid to deep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis \/ subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous \/ on bone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine, shallow lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds and lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds, cheeks, chin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, jawline, nose, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWithout lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-fine\"\u003eTesoro Fine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-deep\"\u003eTesoro Deep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-sub-q\"\u003eTesoro Sub-Q\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWith lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-fine-lidocaine\"\u003eTesoro Fine Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-deep-lidocaine\"\u003eTesoro Deep Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tesoro-implant-lidocaine\"\u003eTesoro Implant Lidocaine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid gel of non-animal origin. HA occurs naturally in skin and binds water. Cross-linking turns it into a gel that the body breaks down slowly, so the correction holds for months instead of days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact HA concentration and syringe volume are printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version has lidocaine mixed into the gel to ease discomfort during injection. The amount is as printed on the box. For sensitive areas, many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine is a firm gel made to lift and add volume. It is used for deep folds, to restore volume in the cheeks and to shape the chin. A firm gel holds its shape under the weight of the tissue above it. It is too firm for superficial lines; use Fine or Deep there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine is placed in the deep dermis or under the skin. Many clinicians use a cannula for cheek work. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe have not confirmed a manufacturer figure for Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine. As a general guide, firm HA gels placed deep are often reported to last around 12 months or more. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not freeze. Follow the storage temperature and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/voluderm\"\u003eVoluderm\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Tesoro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesoro is a filler range from BNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Lidocaine is mixed into the gel; the amount is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the HA concentration of Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is printed on the box. Check it before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine right for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too firm. The Deep grade is the usual choice for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Tesoro Sub-Q Lidocaine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo manufacturer figure is confirmed. Firm HA gels placed deep are often reported to last around 12 months or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Tesoro be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883393044762,"sku":null,"price":33.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/TesoroSub-QLidocaine.webp?v=1696139752"},{"product_id":"ultrafill-fine","title":"UltraFill Fine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltraFill Fine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler from South Korea. It is the softest gel in the four-part UltraFill range and is used for fine lines and thin skin. The listed specification is one 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe with 24 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUltraFill Fine, Deep, Shape or Implant — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. UltraFill Fine is the softest of the four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultrafill-deep\"\u003eDeep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultrafill-shape\"\u003eShape\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultrafill-implant\"\u003eImplant\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous, for structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border, neck lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep wrinkles, folds, volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContour: cheeks, chin, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, nose, cheekbones, temples\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e24 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid, 0.3% lidocaine, 1.1 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is UltraFill Fine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltraFill Fine is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid gel. The listed specification is 24 mg\/mL HA with 0.3% lidocaine hydrochloride. The brand calls its cross-linking process HBCT (Hexagonal Block Cross-linking Technology) and describes the result as an even, stable gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine in the gel eases discomfort during injection. For sensitive areas, many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first. Always check the composition printed on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does UltraFill Fine treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltraFill Fine is made for superficial lines. Typical uses are crow's feet, lines around the mouth, the lip border and fine neck lines. A soft gel spreads evenly in thin skin, which lowers the risk of visible lumps. It is not firm enough to lift cheeks or shape a chin; use UltraFill Shape or Implant for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is UltraFill Fine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltraFill Fine is placed in the superficial to mid dermis with a fine needle. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does UltraFill Fine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe have not been able to confirm a manufacturer figure. Soft HA gels placed near the surface generally break down sooner than firm gels placed deep. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should UltraFill Fine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore UltraFill Fine at room temperature in its original box, away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not freeze. The listed range is 2–25 °C; follow the range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying UltraFill Fine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUltraFill Fine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is UltraFill Fine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cross-linked hyaluronic acid dermal filler from South Korea. It is the softest gel in the UltraFill range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes UltraFill Fine contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed specification includes 0.3% lidocaine. Check the box to confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs UltraFill Fine suitable for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits the lip border and fine lines around the mouth. For more volume, clinics usually choose a firmer gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan UltraFill Fine be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order UltraFill Fine wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883394453786,"sku":null,"price":26.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/UltraFillFine.jpg?v=1696139637"},{"product_id":"ultrafill-shape","title":"UltraFill Shape","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltraFill Shape\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler from South Korea. It is the firm gel in the four-part UltraFill range and is used for contour work on the cheeks, chin and jawline. The listed specification is one 1.1 mL pre-filled syringe with 24 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUltraFill Fine, Deep, Shape or Implant — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. UltraFill Shape is the firm contour gel, one step below Implant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultrafill-fine\"\u003eFine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultrafill-deep\"\u003eDeep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultrafill-implant\"\u003eImplant\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis to subcutaneous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSubcutaneous, for structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lip border, neck lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep wrinkles, folds, volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContour: cheeks, chin, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, nose, cheekbones, temples\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed specification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e24 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid, 0.3% lidocaine, 1.1 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is UltraFill Shape made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltraFill Shape is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid gel. The listed specification is 24 mg\/mL HA with 0.3% lidocaine hydrochloride. The brand calls its cross-linking process HBCT (Hexagonal Block Cross-linking Technology) and describes the result as an even, stable gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine in the gel eases discomfort during injection. For sensitive areas, many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first. Always check the composition printed on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does UltraFill Shape treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltraFill Shape is used where the gel has to lift as well as fill. Typical uses are cheek volume, chin and jawline contour, deep nasolabial folds and non-surgical nose shaping. It is too firm for superficial lines. If you need the most projection from a small volume, UltraFill Implant is the firmer choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is UltraFill Shape used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltraFill Shape is placed in the deep dermis or the subcutaneous layer, with a needle or a cannula. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does UltraFill Shape last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe have not been able to confirm a manufacturer figure. Firm HA gels placed deep generally last longer than soft gels placed near the surface. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should UltraFill Shape be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore UltraFill Shape at room temperature in its original box, away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not freeze. The listed range is 2–25 °C; follow the range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying UltraFill Shape from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUltraFill Shape FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is UltraFill Shape?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cross-linked hyaluronic acid dermal filler from South Korea. It is the firm gel in the UltraFill range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes UltraFill Shape contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed specification includes 0.3% lidocaine. Check the box to confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between UltraFill Shape and Implant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are firm gels for contour. Implant is the firmest and is used where the most structure is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan UltraFill Shape be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order UltraFill Shape wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883395141914,"sku":null,"price":26.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/UltraFillShape.jpg?v=1696139603"},{"product_id":"vom-m","title":"VOM Light","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVOM Light\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by CG Bio Co., Ltd. in South Korea. It is the soft gel in the VOM range and is used for fine lines and thin skin. Each box holds two 1.0 mL pre-filled syringes with 20 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVOM Light, VOM O or VOM Volume — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. VOM Light is the softest of the three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVOM Light\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/vom-o\"\u003eVOM O\u003c\/a\u003e (mid-strength)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/vom-v\"\u003eVOM Volume\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis, subcutaneous or on bone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, crow's feet, perioral lines, tear troughs, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, deep forehead lines, lips, front of the cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, nose, cheeks, deep nasolabial folds, temples\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle cited by suppliers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G or 30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25G or 27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA \/ lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid, 0.3% lidocaine, two 1.0 mL syringes per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is VOM Light made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVOM Light is cross-linked hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine hydrochloride. CG Bio makes it with its R² (R-Square) process, which gives the gel a multi-layered phasic structure. The aim is a gel that flows smoothly through the needle and stays where it is placed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine in the gel eases discomfort during injection. For sensitive areas, many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does VOM Light treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVOM Light is made for superficial work. Suppliers list fine lines, crow's feet, perioral lines, tear troughs and lips. A soft gel spreads evenly in thin skin, which lowers the risk of visible lumps. It is not firm enough to lift cheeks or shape a chin; use VOM Volume for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is VOM Light used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVOM Light is placed in the superficial to mid dermis. Suppliers cite a 27G or 30G needle. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does VOM Light last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers cite 6 to 12 months for VOM Light. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should VOM Light be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore VOM Light at room temperature, 2–25 °C, in its original box and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Use it before the expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying VOM Light from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVOM Light FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes VOM Light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCG Bio Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many syringes are in a box of VOM Light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-filled syringes of 1.0 mL each, 2.0 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes VOM Light contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine hydrochloride is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs VOM Light suitable for lips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Lips are among its listed uses, mainly for subtle definition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does VOM Light last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers cite 6 to 12 months, depending on the area and patient.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883395272986,"sku":null,"price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/VOM_light.png?v=1747371066"},{"product_id":"vom-v","title":"VOM Volume","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVOM Volume\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) dermal filler made by CG Bio Co., Ltd. in South Korea. It is the firm gel in the VOM range and is used for volume and contour in areas such as the chin, nose, cheeks and temples. Each box holds two 1.0 mL pre-filled syringes with 20 mg\/mL HA and 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVOM Light, VOM O or VOM Volume — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by injection depth. The softer the gel, the closer to the surface it goes. VOM Volume is the firmest of the three.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/vom-m\"\u003eVOM Light\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/vom-o\"\u003eVOM O\u003c\/a\u003e (mid-strength)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVOM Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInjection layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep dermis, subcutaneous or on bone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, crow's feet, perioral lines, tear troughs, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, deep forehead lines, lips, front of the cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, nose, cheeks, deep nasolabial folds, temples\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle cited by suppliers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G or 30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25G or 27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA \/ lidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e20 mg\/mL cross-linked hyaluronic acid, 0.3% lidocaine, two 1.0 mL syringes per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is VOM Volume made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVOM Volume is cross-linked hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine hydrochloride. CG Bio makes it with its R² (R-Square) process, which gives the gel a multi-layered phasic structure. The aim is a gel that flows smoothly through the needle and stays where it is placed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lidocaine in the gel eases discomfort during injection. For sensitive areas, many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does VOM Volume treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVOM Volume is the gel made to lift and shape. Suppliers list the chin, nose, cheeks, deep nasolabial folds and temples. It is too firm for fine surface lines; use VOM Light for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is VOM Volume used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVOM Volume is placed in the deep dermis, in the subcutaneous layer or on bone. Suppliers cite a 25G or 27G needle. Inject slowly and in small amounts. Because the gel is hyaluronic acid, placement can be corrected with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does VOM Volume last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers cite 6 to 12 months or longer for VOM Volume. The real figure depends on the area, the amount used and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should VOM Volume be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore VOM Volume at room temperature, 2–25 °C, in its original box and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Use it before the expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying VOM Volume from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revolax\"\u003eRevolax\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVOM Volume FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes VOM Volume?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCG Bio Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many syringes are in a box of VOM Volume?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-filled syringes of 1.0 mL each, 2.0 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes VOM Volume contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine hydrochloride is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs VOM Volume right for fine lines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the firm gel for deep placement. Use VOM Light for fine lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does VOM Volume last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers cite 6 to 12 months or longer, depending on the area and patient.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883395666202,"sku":null,"price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/VOM_Volune.png?v=1747371066"},{"product_id":"snow-flower-bloom","title":"Snow Flower Bloom","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnow Flower Bloom\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional skin booster from South Korea that combines three well-known ingredients: PDRN (salmon DNA), hyaluronic acid and glutathione. Each box holds 5 vials of 2.5 mL. Clinics use it in skin booster and mesotherapy-style treatments for dull, dry or tired-looking facial skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne vial is used per session, so a box covers a typical five-session course. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Snow Flower Bloom made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Flower Bloom has three main ingredients, each with a different job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhy it is included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotide, purified DNA fragments from salmon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin conditioning and support for skin renewal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA water-binding sugar found naturally in skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration and a plumper, smoother surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn antioxidant tripeptide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA brighter, more even-looking tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the box label for the full ingredient list and concentrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Snow Flower Bloom used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Flower Bloom is used for skin that looks dull, dehydrated or uneven. Practitioners choose it when they want hydration and brightening care in the same product, rather than a single-ingredient booster. It is used on the face, including the forehead, cheeks and chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Snow Flower Bloom used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Flower Bloom is for professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box for the method of application, and work within the rules for your licence and country. Use one vial per client and discard anything left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA course is usually 4 to 5 sessions, spaced two to three weeks apart. Maintenance sessions can follow every few months. Results vary with skin condition, age and aftercare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does it compare with other PDRN boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Flower Bloom adds glutathione to the PDRN and hyaluronic acid base, so its focus leans towards tone and glow. If you want a polynucleotide-led product, look at \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultra-reju\"\u003eUltra Reju\u003c\/a\u003e (PN + PDRN), \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e. For a brightening-led formula with peptides, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultra-white\"\u003eUltra White\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Snow Flower Bloom be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Snow Flower Bloom from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained, licensed practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSnow Flower Bloom FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Snow Flower Bloom?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2.5 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN (salmon DNA), hyaluronic acid and glutathione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are in a course?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually 4 to 5, two to three weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas is it used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, including forehead, cheeks and chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order it wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883396223258,"sku":null,"price":86.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/SnowFlowerBloom.jpg?v=1696054594"},{"product_id":"ultra-reju","title":"Ultra Reju","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra Reju\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional skin booster from the Korean brand CosmoDerma. It pairs two DNA-derived ingredients — polynucleotides (PN) and polydeoxyribonucleotides (PDRN) — in one solution. Each box holds 5 vials of 3 mL. Clinics use it in facial skin rejuvenation treatments for skin that looks thin, dry, lined or uneven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne vial is used per session. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on box quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ultra Reju made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra Reju is built on two related ingredients, both made from purified fish DNA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotides (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLonger DNA chains that hold water and give the solution its body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotides (PDRN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShorter DNA fragments widely used in Korean skin boosters for skin renewal care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrengths are as listed for the product; check the box label for the full ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePN vs PDRN — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePN and PDRN are the same kind of molecule in different chain lengths. PN chains are longer and more viscous, so they are linked with hydration and skin texture. PDRN fragments are shorter and are linked with skin conditioning and recovery care. Ultra Reju combines both instead of offering only one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ultra Reju used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra Reju is used for general facial skin quality: fine lines, loss of bounce, rough texture, visible pores and dull tone. It is used on the forehead, cheeks, chin and around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ultra Reju used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra Reju is for professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box for the method of application, and work within the rules for your licence and country. Use one vial per client and discard anything left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA course is commonly three sessions, two to three weeks apart, with maintenance every 6 to 12 months. Results vary with skin condition, age and aftercare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltra Reju vs Ultra White — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Ultra Reju for skin quality and recovery care, and Ultra White when tone and pigmentation are the main concern. Both are CosmoDerma boosters in 5 × 3 mL boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra Reju\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultra-white\"\u003eUltra White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFocus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRejuvenation, texture, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening, uneven tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN and PDRN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides, glutathione, vitamin C, niacinamide, arbutin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther polynucleotide options we stock include \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ultra Reju be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ultra Reju from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained, licensed practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltra Reju FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Ultra Reju?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolynucleotides (PN) and polydeoxyribonucleotides (PDRN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are in a course?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommonly three, two to three weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas is it used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, including forehead, cheeks, chin and the eye area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order it wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883396354330,"sku":null,"price":106.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/UltraReju.jpg?v=1696054451"},{"product_id":"ultra-white","title":"Ultra White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra White\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional brightening skin booster from the Korean brand CosmoDerma. It is a multi-ingredient solution of peptides, antioxidants and vitamins, supplied as 5 vials of 3 mL per box. Clinics use it in skin booster treatments for dull tone, dark spots and uneven-looking skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne vial is used per session. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on box quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ultra White made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra White combines tone-care ingredients with peptides and hydrators. The formula lists the following.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhy they are included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTone care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTranexamoyl dipeptide-23, glutathione, vitamin C, arbutin, niacinamide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a brighter, more even-looking tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOligopeptide-2, polypeptide-1, tetrapeptide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin conditioning and a firmer feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepair and moisture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSodium DNA, N-acetyl glucosamine, pantothenic acid (vitamin B5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration and comfort\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the box label for the full ingredient list and order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ultra White used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra White is used when uneven tone is the main concern: dullness, dark spots, marks left after blemishes and a tired look around the eyes. It is used on the full face, including the chin and eye area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ultra White used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra White is for professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box for the method of application, and work within the rules for your licence and country. Use one vial per client and discard anything left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrightening care takes time. A course is commonly at least six sessions over about three months, followed by maintenance every two to six months. Daily sunscreen matters as much as the treatment itself, because sun exposure brings pigmentation back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltra White vs Ultra Reju — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Ultra White when tone and pigmentation come first, and Ultra Reju for overall skin quality. Both are CosmoDerma boosters in 5 × 3 mL boxes, and some clinics alternate them in one plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra White\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultra-reju\"\u003eUltra Reju\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFocus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening, uneven tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRejuvenation, texture, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides, glutathione, vitamin C, niacinamide, arbutin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN and PDRN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother glutathione-based option in our range is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/snow-flower-bloom\"\u003eSnow Flower Bloom\u003c\/a\u003e, which adds PDRN and hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ultra White be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Vitamin C and glutathione are sensitive to heat and light, so keep vials in the box until use. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ultra White from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained, licensed practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltra White FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Ultra White?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main brightening ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTranexamoyl dipeptide-23, glutathione, vitamin C, arbutin and niacinamide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are in a course?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommonly at least six over about three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas is it used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full face, including the chin and eye area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order it wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883396550938,"sku":null,"price":96.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/UltraWhite.jpg?v=1696053996"},{"product_id":"velatox-gf11","title":"Velatox GF11","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVelatox GF11\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional skin booster from South Korea built around 11 cell growth factors, peptides and vitamin C. Each box holds 5 vials of 3 mL Velatox and 2 vials of 10 mL Velasem, a soothing after-treatment solution. Velatox is applied to the skin and worked in with a micro-needle therapy system (MTS). It is not an injectable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSkin clinics and beauticians use it for fine lines, loss of firmness and dull tone. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Velatox GF11 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVelatox GF11 is a water-based solution of growth factors and peptides. The formula lists:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth factors:\u003c\/strong\u003e a complex of 11, including EGF and FGF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeptides:\u003c\/strong\u003e acetyl hexapeptide-8, palmitoyl pentapeptide-4 and copper tripeptide-1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther ingredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e adenosine, arginine, vitamin C and arbutin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcetyl hexapeptide-8 is the peptide often used in cosmetics for expression lines, which is where the \"tox\" in the name comes from. Velatox contains no botulinum toxin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelatox\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth factor and peptide solution used with MTS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelasem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 2 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoothing moisturiser applied after MTS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne Velatox vial is one treatment, so a box covers five sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Velatox GF11 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVelatox is applied in two layers with MTS in between, then finished with Velasem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanse the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a generous layer of Velatox and wait 1 to 3 minutes for it to absorb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply the solution again and treat the area with MTS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply about 3 mL of Velasem to calm and rehydrate the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use more than one vial per treatment. Do not use Velatox on wounded skin, eczema or dermatitis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow often is Velatox GF11 repeated?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe usual spacing is one session every two weeks. Clinics commonly plan a course of 4 to 6 sessions and then repeat as needed. Results vary with skin condition and home care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Velatox GF11 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box at room temperature (1–30 °C), away from direct sunlight. Once a Velasem vial is opened, keep it in the fridge and use it within one week. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Velatox GF11 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to clinics, skin professionals and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For the scalp, the same product family offers \u003ca href=\"\/products\/velash\"\u003eVelash\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVelatox GF11 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Velatox GF11 a botulinum toxin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a cosmetic growth factor and peptide solution with no botulinum toxin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Velatox injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is applied to the skin and used with a micro-needle therapy system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Velasem?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the soothing solution in the box, applied after the MTS step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many treatments are in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive, at one 3 mL vial per session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas can be treated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, including forehead, eye area, cheeks and chin, and the neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883396616474,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/VelatoxGF11.webp?v=1696053899"},{"product_id":"velash","title":"Velash","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVelash\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional scalp care treatment from South Korea, also sold as Velash SHGF11. Each box holds 5 vials of 10 mL treatment solution and one 10 mL soothing moisturiser spray. The solution combines 11 growth factors with peptides, biotin and vitamins, and is applied to the scalp with a micro-needle therapy system (MTS).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHair clinics and scalp care salons use it for clients with thinning hair or a tired, congested scalp. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Velash made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVelash is a water-based solution of growth factors, peptides and vitamins. The formula lists:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth factors:\u003c\/strong\u003e a complex of 11, including EGF, FGF and IGF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeptides:\u003c\/strong\u003e copper tripeptide-1, palmitoyl pentapeptide-4, palmitoyl tetrapeptide-7 and acetyl hexapeptide-8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamins:\u003c\/strong\u003e biotin, vitamin C and B vitamins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther ingredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e adenosine, arginine, L-carnitine and arbutin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full ingredient list is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Velash used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVelash is a two-step scalp treatment: solution with MTS first, then the soothing spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash and dry the scalp so it is free of oil and styling products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart the hair in sections and apply the Velash solution along the scalp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork it in with an MTS roller or pen, following the device and product instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMist the treated scalp with the soothing moisturiser spray to calm and hydrate it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVelash is a topical scalp product used with micro-needling. Follow the manufacturer's protocol supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScalp clinics commonly plan a course of weekly sessions over 4 to 6 weeks, then monthly maintenance. One box holds five vials, which matches a five-session course at one vial per visit. Results vary from person to person.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVelash vs Velatox GF11 — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth come from the same Korean product family and share the 11 growth factor complex. They are made for different areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVelash\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/velatox-gf11\"\u003eVelatox GF11\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArea\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScalp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace and neck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment vials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAfter-care in the box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoothing moisturiser spray, 10 mL × 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelasem soothing solution, 10 mL × 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Velash be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Use an opened vial in the same session. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Velash from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to clinics, scalp care professionals and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hair-scalp\"\u003ehair and scalp products\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVelash FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Velash?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive 10 mL vials of treatment solution and one 10 mL soothing moisturiser spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Velash injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is applied to the scalp and worked in with a micro-needle therapy system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does SHGF11 mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt refers to the complex of 11 growth factors in the formula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan men and women both use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is used for both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the spray for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt calms and moisturises the scalp after the MTS step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883397271834,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Velash.jpg?v=1696048733"},{"product_id":"curacen-inj","title":"Curacen Inj","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCuracen Inj\u003c\/strong\u003e is a human placenta extract injection made by Japan Bio Products Co., Ltd. (JBP) in Japan. It comes in 2 mL glass ampoules. Aesthetic doctors use it in mesotherapy for tired, dull and ageing skin on the face, neck and décolleté.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePack sizes vary by batch, so \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm the number of ampoules per box and for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Curacen made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCuracen is a water-based hydrolysate of human placenta. The extract is broken down into small molecules, so it contains amino acids and low-molecular peptides rather than whole proteins. Supplier information also lists nucleic acids, vitamins and minerals from the source tissue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe amount of extract per ampoule is printed on the box and ampoule label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Curacen different from Laennec?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are human placenta products from the same Japanese maker, JBP. Suppliers describe Curacen as the low-molecular version used in aesthetic mesotherapy, with smaller molecules from a different breakdown method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuracen\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLaennec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJBP, Japan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJBP, Japan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSource\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta hydrolysate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHuman placenta hydrolysate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmpoule\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDescribed as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-molecular; skin mesotherapy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard placenta injection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Curacen used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn aesthetic practice Curacen is injected into the skin in small amounts with a fine needle. Clinics use papular, linear or nappage mesotherapy techniques, depending on the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePublished clinic courses range from three to eight sessions, usually one per week. The dose and plan are a medical decision. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho should not have Curacen?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics list pregnancy, breastfeeding, cancer, active autoimmune disease, acute infection, clotting disorders, allergy to any ingredient and inflamed skin at the injection site as reasons not to treat. As with any human-derived product, patients should give informed consent first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Curacen be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, in the original carton and away from light. Check the expiry date. Use an ampoule straight after opening and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Curacen from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/vitamins-injectables\"\u003evitamins and injectables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCuracen FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Curacen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJapan Bio Products Co., Ltd. (JBP), Japan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the active ingredient?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHuman placenta hydrolysate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big is one ampoule?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Curacen a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a mesotherapy solution and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinic courses range from three to eight weekly sessions. The treating doctor decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883659219226,"sku":null,"price":78.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/CuracenInj.png?v=1696051553"},{"product_id":"curenex","title":"Curenex","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex\u003c\/strong\u003e Intense Glow \u0026amp; Shine is a Korean PDRN skin booster ampoule. Each box holds five 5 mL vials. The formula combines salmon-derived PDRN with a 15-peptide complex, hyaluronic acid, glutathione and collagen. Professionals use it for dull, dry or uneven skin on the face, neck and décolleté.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the original Curenex skin booster, often called the \"Curenex ampoule\". \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Curenex made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurenex has five groups of ingredients, each with one job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDRN\u003c\/strong\u003e — DNA fragments from salmon, used to support skin repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 peptides\u003c\/strong\u003e — a multi-peptide complex that supports firmness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds water in the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/strong\u003e — an antioxidant used for brighter, more even tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCollagen\u003c\/strong\u003e — a skin-conditioning protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExact amounts are printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Curenex product do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this ampoule for an in-clinic glow treatment. The other Curenex products cover the eye area and daily care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex Glow \u0026amp; Shine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurenex Eye\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurenex Dailycare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL vials, 5 per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL pre-filled syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, 15 peptides, HA, glutathione, collagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%, HA 1%, lidocaine 0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, peptides, glutathione, HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed by\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessionals, in clinic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedical injectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplied to the skin, clinic or home care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain goal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlow, tone, hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye area, neck, hands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily upkeep between treatments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor body and face contouring from the same brand, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/curenex-sculp\"\u003eCurenex Sculp\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Curenex used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurenex is a professional product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use for the method of delivery. Supplier information describes it as a booster used in professional skin treatments such as microneedling, with one session taking about 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not publish depths or volumes for this product. The practitioner decides the method and the plan for each client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information describes visible results after three to four regular sessions. A common plan is three sessions 10 to 14 days apart, then top-ups about once a month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePhase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSessions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–14 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box of five vials is enough for a full starting course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Curenex be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check the expiry date, and use an opened vial for one client only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Curenex from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCurenex FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Curenex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 5 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PDRN do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN is a DNA fragment from salmon that is used to support skin repair and recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Curenex a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster ampoule. It does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should avoid Curenex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone with a fish or salmon allergy, or with infected or broken skin in the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Curenex wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883659350298,"sku":null,"price":93.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Curenex.jpg?v=1696050481"},{"product_id":"curenex-snow-peel","title":"Curenex Snow Peel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex Snow Peel\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-part professional peel kit from the Korean brand Curenex. Each box holds 4 vials of 1 g C-TOX powder and one 30 mL bottle of Snow Peel Activator. The powder is hydrolysed sponge, which exfoliates by physical action rather than strong acid. The activator adds PDRN, glutathione, niacinamide, gluconolactone, peptides and hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou mix one vial of powder with activator just before use and massage it over the skin. One box gives four treatments. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Curenex Snow Peel made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurenex Snow Peel has two parts that are mixed fresh for each session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eC-TOX powder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 g × 4 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrolysed sponge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifts dead surface cells as it is massaged in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnow Peel Activator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL × 1 bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, glutathione, niacinamide, gluconolactone, multi-peptides, hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWets the powder and delivers care ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGluconolactone is a gentle PHA exfoliant. Glutathione and niacinamide are used for a brighter, more even-looking tone, and hyaluronic acid adds moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Curenex Snow Peel different from an acid peel?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurenex Snow Peel relies mainly on sponge powder and massage instead of a high-strength acid. Acid peels such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bienpeel\"\u003eBienpeel\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/soonsu-shining-peel\"\u003eSoonsu Shining Peel\u003c\/a\u003e use 35% TCA to loosen the surface layer chemically. Snow Peel is the choice when you want exfoliation and brightening care in one step without a TCA peel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Curenex Snow Peel used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe peel is mixed and applied by a trained practitioner. A usual session:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanse the skin thoroughly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd Snow Peel Activator to one vial of C-TOX powder up to the marked line and shake until even.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply the mixture to the treatment area with gentle circular motions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMassage for about 5 to 10 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove any residue with a soft sponge or lukewarm water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish with a calming mask or moisturiser and sunscreen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions supplied in the box. Mild tingling and redness during and after massage are expected with sponge-based peels and usually settle quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow often can it be repeated?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSessions are commonly spaced two to three weeks apart, depending on how the skin tolerates the treatment. Clients should avoid other exfoliating products for at least 48 hours afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Curenex Snow Peel be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and do not freeze. Mix only what you need: use the blended powder and activator straight away. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Curenex Snow Peel from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to clinics, skin professionals and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/peels-skincare\"\u003eprofessional peels and skin care\u003c\/a\u003e. A light moisturiser such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/soonsu-aqua-cream\"\u003eSoonsu Aqua Cream\u003c\/a\u003e works well as the last step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCurenex Snow Peel FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour 1 g vials of C-TOX powder and one 30 mL bottle of Snow Peel Activator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many treatments does one box give?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour, at one vial of powder per session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is C-TOX powder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is hydrolysed sponge powder that exfoliates the skin surface when massaged in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain PDRN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The formula lists PDRN (salmon DNA) along with glutathione, niacinamide and peptides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there downtime?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome clients have mild redness or tingling for a few hours. Sun protection is important afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883660005658,"sku":null,"price":93.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/CurenexSnowPeel.jpg?v=1696048601"},{"product_id":"elaxen-pdrn","title":"Elaxen PDRN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElaxen PDRN\u003c\/strong\u003e is a salmon-DNA skin booster from the Elaxen line of BNC Global, South Korea. It combines PDRN (polydeoxyribonucleotide) with hyaluronic acid in a 2.2 mL pre-filled syringe. Clinics use it to improve skin elasticity, texture and hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number of syringes per box is printed on the pack. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for pack details, trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Elaxen PDRN compare with other BNC Global boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElaxen PDRN is the PDRN-based member of the Elaxen line. The maker has since added a PN version in a 2.5 mL syringe; this page is for the PDRN product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/syniro-pdrn\"\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElaxen PDRN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-face\"\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-eyes\"\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain active\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 2% + HA 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN + HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepair plus hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElasticity and hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace, neck, décolleté, hands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003eBNC Global, South Korea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Elaxen PDRN made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElaxen PDRN is built on two ingredients:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDRN\u003c\/strong\u003e — purified DNA fragments taken from salmon. Salmon DNA is used because it is very close to human DNA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds water in the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExact concentrations are not published in the trade information we could verify. Check the composition printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Elaxen PDRN used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrade information describes salmon DNA as supporting cell growth and tissue repair, and as improving skin elasticity, texture and hydration. Clinics use it for tired, thin or dry skin and for skin with early loss of firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Elaxen PDRN used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElaxen PDRN is placed in the skin by a trained professional. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. We do not publish depths or volumes for this product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Elaxen PDRN need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN boosters are normally given as a short course followed by maintenance sessions. The manufacturer's instructions and the treating clinician set the number of sessions and the gap between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Elaxen PDRN be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Elaxen PDRN as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Elaxen PDRN from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other salmon-DNA boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eElaxen PDRN FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Elaxen PDRN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is part of the Elaxen line of BNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PDRN stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotide — purified DNA fragments, here taken from salmon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Elaxen PDRN the same as Elaxen PN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Elaxen PN is a later version based on polynucleotide in a 2.5 mL syringe. This page is for Elaxen PDRN.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Elaxen PDRN a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with a fish allergy have it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN comes from salmon, so a known fish allergy is a reason not to treat. The treating doctor decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Elaxen PDRN wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883666657562,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/ElaxenPDRN.webp?v=1696047412"},{"product_id":"elaxen-plla","title":"Elaxen PLLA","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElaxen PLLA\u003c\/strong\u003e is a needle-free skincare kit from BNC Global in South Korea. It is built around poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA) in a topical ampoule essence, and is applied to the skin — it is not an injectable. Clinics use it as a firming and hydrating step on its own or after procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit ships from Seoul in the original box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the Elaxen PLLA kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit holds everything for a series of applications. Check the contents printed on your box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePLLA ampoule essence\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 vials × 15 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe main treatment liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePLLA mist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bottle × 50 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrating spray step\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSheet masks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHold the essence on the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication brush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpreads the essence evenly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Elaxen PLLA made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lead ingredient is PLLA, joined by a group of familiar skincare actives. The brand lists:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoly-L-lactic acid (PLLA)\u003c\/strong\u003e — the signature ingredient of the line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003esh-Oligopeptide-1, niacinamide and adenosine\u003c\/strong\u003e — for tone, elasticity and fine lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSodium hyaluronate, betaine and beta-glucan\u003c\/strong\u003e — for moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentella asiatica, allantoin and aloe\u003c\/strong\u003e — to calm the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaffeine\u003c\/strong\u003e — for a tired-looking eye area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full ingredient list is printed on each item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Elaxen PLLA used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElaxen PLLA is applied to clean skin; nothing is injected. A simple routine is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanse the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush the ampoule essence over the face, neck or hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace a sheet mask over the essence and leave it on as the box directs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish with the mist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the directions printed on the box for amounts and timing. Clinics often use it after lasers or peels once the clinician agrees the skin is ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eElaxen PLLA vs injectable PLLA — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElaxen PLLA is a cosmetic that works on the skin surface. Injectable PLLA products such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/olidia-365mg\"\u003eOlidia\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mayster-plla\"\u003eMayster PLLA\u003c\/a\u003e are placed under the skin by a clinician and act as collagen stimulators. Do not inject Elaxen PLLA. From the same maker, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/fize-pla\"\u003eFize PLA\u003c\/a\u003e is the injectable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Elaxen PLLA be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the kit in a cool, dry place between 1 and 30 °C, away from direct sunlight. Close each item after use and use it before the printed expiry date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Elaxen PLLA from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to clinics, practitioners and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e. Delivery details are in our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e, and more professional skincare is under \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/peels-skincare\"\u003epeels and skincare\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor external use only. Do not inject.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eElaxen PLLA FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Elaxen PLLA?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Elaxen PLLA injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a topical skincare kit applied to the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree 15 mL ampoule essences, a 50 mL mist, 10 sheet masks and a brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas can it be used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, neck, décolleté and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used after a procedure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics use it for aftercare. The treating clinician decides when the skin is ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883666854170,"sku":null,"price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/ElaxenPLLA.jpg?v=1696048292"},{"product_id":"fize-pla","title":"Fize PLA","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFize PLA\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polylactic acid (PLA) collagen stimulator from BNC Global in South Korea. Each box holds one vial of 200 mg freeze-dried powder, made of PLA microspheres with carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC). It is hydrated before use and injected to restore volume and firm the skin as new collagen forms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Fize PLA made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFize PLA is made of two ingredients. The brand gives the ratio as 77% PLA and 23% CMC, which is about 154 mg and 46 mg in a 200 mg vial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolylactic acid (PLA)\u003c\/strong\u003e — biodegradable microspheres that prompt fibroblasts to make collagen, then break down and are cleared.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarboxymethyl cellulose (CMC)\u003c\/strong\u003e — forms a gel on hydration and carries the particles evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no lidocaine in the vial. PLA is not hyaluronic acid, so it cannot be dissolved with hyaluronidase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Fize PLA compare with similar products?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFize PLA belongs to the 200 mg PLA-plus-CMC group. Larger PLLA vials suit bigger volume plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolymer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFize PLA\u003c\/strong\u003e (this page)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePLA + CMC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mg vial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, hydrated before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aesthefill\"\u003eAestheFill\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDLLA + CMC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mg vial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, hydrated before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mennus\"\u003eMeNnus 200 mg \/ Fill\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePLA + CMC (200 mg) · PLLA (Fill)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 vial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, hydrated before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/etrebelle\"\u003eEtrebelle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePLA + HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mg or 200 mg vial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, hydrated before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/olidia-365mg\"\u003eOlidia\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePLLA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 mg vial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder, hydrated before use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Fize PLA prepared and used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFize PLA is a dry powder and must be hydrated into an even suspension before injection. The diluent, the volume and the standing time are set out in the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied in the box — follow those, not a protocol from another product. Mix gently until no clumps are visible. A lumpy suspension blocks needles and raises the risk of nodules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brand lists the cheeks, temples, nasolabial folds, jawline and chin, plus the neck and décolleté for skin firmness. Use is in the deep dermis or subcutaneous layer, as the instructions direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Fize PLA take to work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe change is gradual. The brand describes a first visible change within a few weeks and the fullest effect after about 3 to 4 months. It quotes a duration of 18 months or more; this varies with the patient, the area and the amount used. Review the patient before any further session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Fize PLA be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed vial in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, as printed on the box. Use it before the printed expiry date. Use a hydrated vial within the time given in the instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Fize PLA from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country. Delivery details are in our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e, and the full range is under \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003eKorean biostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFize PLA FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Fize PLA?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much powder is in one vial?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e200 mg, one vial per box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Fize PLA a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a collagen stimulator. The CMC gel gives some early fullness; the lasting change is new collagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. PLA does not respond to hyaluronidase, so avoid overcorrection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need mixing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a powder that is hydrated as the instructions for use direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883669442842,"sku":null,"price":180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/FizePLA.webp?v=1696138659"},{"product_id":"gtm-gold-cell-5","title":"GTM Gold Cell 5","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean PDRN skin booster from CMED Medical Group. Each box holds ten 3.3 mL vials. The formula is listed as 5% PDRN from salmon DNA with 5% hyaluronic acid and 2% glutathione. Professionals use it for skin recovery, hydration and a brighter, more even tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the lighter of the two strengths and the usual starting point. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is GTM Gold Cell 5 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5 has three listed ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed amount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN (salmon DNA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolds water in the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant; brighter tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's product listing. The full ingredient list is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5 or 8 — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only listed difference is the amount of PDRN. Hyaluronic acid, glutathione and pack size are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gtm-gold-cell-8\"\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePDRN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst courses, maintenance, sensitive skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTired, sun-worn or scarred skin needing more repair support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics stock both: 5 for regular upkeep and 8 for intensive courses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is GTM Gold Cell 5 used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used on skin that looks dull, dry or uneven, and on skin recovering from acne marks or procedures. PDRN supports repair, hyaluronic acid adds moisture and glutathione works on tone. Treatment areas named in listings are the face, neck, décolleté and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is GTM Gold Cell 5 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the manufacturer's instructions for use. Sources differ on the method of delivery: some describe it as a mesotherapy product and others as a solution applied to the skin. For that reason we do not publish depths, volumes or session plans. The practitioner decides the method and the plan for each client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should GTM Gold Cell 5 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, as printed on the box. Check the seal and expiry date, and use an opened vial for one client only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying GTM Gold Cell 5 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e, a polynucleotide booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes GTM Gold Cell 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCMED Medical Group, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen vials of 3.3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much PDRN is in GTM Gold Cell 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed strength is 5%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Gold Cell 5 and 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PDRN strength: 5% or 8%. The rest of the listed formula is the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should avoid it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone with a fish or salmon allergy, or with infected or broken skin in the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883670098202,"sku":null,"price":145.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/GTMGoldCell5.jpg?v=1696047637"},{"product_id":"gtm-gold-cell-8","title":"GTM Gold Cell 8","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean PDRN skin booster from CMED Medical Group. Each box holds ten 3.3 mL vials. The formula is listed as 8% PDRN from salmon DNA with 5% hyaluronic acid and 2% glutathione. Professionals use it for skin recovery, hydration and a brighter, more even tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the stronger of the two strengths, chosen when more PDRN per vial is wanted. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is GTM Gold Cell 8 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8 has three listed ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed amount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN (salmon DNA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolds water in the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant; brighter tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's product listing. The full ingredient list is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8 or 5 — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only listed difference is the amount of PDRN. Hyaluronic acid, glutathione and pack size are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gtm-gold-cell-5\"\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePDRN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst courses, maintenance, sensitive skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTired, sun-worn or scarred skin needing more repair support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics stock both: 5 for regular upkeep and 8 for intensive courses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is GTM Gold Cell 8 used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used on skin that looks dull, dry or uneven, and on skin recovering from acne marks or procedures. PDRN supports repair, hyaluronic acid adds moisture and glutathione works on tone. Treatment areas named in listings are the face, neck, décolleté and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is GTM Gold Cell 8 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the manufacturer's instructions for use. Sources differ on the method of delivery: some describe it as a mesotherapy product and others as a solution applied to the skin. For that reason we do not publish depths, volumes or session plans. The practitioner decides the method and the plan for each client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should GTM Gold Cell 8 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, as printed on the box. Check the seal and expiry date, and use an opened vial for one client only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying GTM Gold Cell 8 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e, a polynucleotide booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes GTM Gold Cell 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCMED Medical Group, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen vials of 3.3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much PDRN is in GTM Gold Cell 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed strength is 8%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Gold Cell 5 and 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PDRN strength: 5% or 8%. The rest of the listed formula is the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should avoid it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone with a fish or salmon allergy, or with infected or broken skin in the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883670130970,"sku":null,"price":157.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/GTMGoldCell8.jpg?v=1696047744"},{"product_id":"hyaldew-shine-1","title":"HyalDew Shine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyalDew Shine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster in the HyalDew range from BioPlus Co., Ltd., South Korea. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe. Clinics use it to improve skin hydration, glow and fine surface lines, not to add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the lightest product in the HyalDew family. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is HyalDew Shine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyalDew Shine is a hyaluronic acid gel. Supplier information lists 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with 0.3% lidocaine in a fine-particle gel. We have not been able to confirm these figures with the manufacturer, so please check the composition printed on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyalDew Shine vs HyalDew Fine, Mid and All — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShine treats skin quality across an area. The other three HyalDew products are fillers that correct lines and add volume at a set depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyalDew Shine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaldew-fine-1\"\u003eHyalDew Fine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaldew-mid-1\"\u003eHyalDew Mid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaldew-all-1\"\u003eHyalDew All\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin booster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGoal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration, glow, skin texture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds and lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds and contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is HyalDew Shine used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyalDew Shine is used to refresh dry, dull or tired-looking skin. Hyaluronic acid binds water in the skin, which helps it look smoother and more supple. Typical areas are the face, neck, décolleté and the backs of the hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will not fill a deep fold or build a cheek. For that, use a filler from the same range or see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is HyalDew Shine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyalDew Shine is administered by a trained clinician following the manufacturer's instructions for use. We do not publish a depth, volume or session plan for this product, because we could not confirm them with the manufacturer. The treating clinician decides the plan for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does HyalDew Shine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's stated duration is not confirmed. Skin boosters are usually given as a short course and then repeated to maintain the result. How long the effect holds depends on skin condition, age and lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should HyalDew Shine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at room temperature in the original box, away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not freeze. Follow the storage range and expiry date printed on the box, and use each syringe for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying HyalDew Shine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyalDew Shine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes HyalDew Shine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyalDew is a brand of BioPlus Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs HyalDew Shine a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster for hydration and skin quality, not for volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 2 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes HyalDew Shine contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information lists 0.3% lidocaine. Check the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas can be treated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFace, neck, décolleté and hands are the usual areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order HyalDew Shine wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883674620186,"sku":null,"price":31.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/HyalDewShine.png?v=1696059372"},{"product_id":"hyaron-1","title":"Hyaron","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyaron\u003c\/strong\u003e is a non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid skin booster made by Dongkook Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds ten 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes. Every syringe contains 25 mg of sodium hyaluronate, which is 10 mg\/mL. Clinics use it to hydrate the skin and improve its texture and glow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much hyaluronic acid is in a box of Hyaron?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach syringe holds 25 mg of sodium hyaluronate in 2.5 mL. The strength is 10 mg\/mL — not 25 mg\/mL, a figure that is sometimes quoted by mistake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSodium hyaluronate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer syringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer box (10 syringes)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Hyaron made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyaron is sodium hyaluronate, the salt form of hyaluronic acid, in a clear, sterile solution. The HA is not cross-linked. That makes it a fluid that spreads evenly in the skin, unlike the firm gel of a dermal filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Hyaron used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to restore moisture in dry or tired-looking skin and to improve fine dryness lines, texture and radiance. It is used on the face, neck, décolleté and backs of the hands. It does not add volume or change facial shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Hyaron used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trained professional injects small deposits into the upper to middle dermis, by hand or with a multi-needle injector. A fine 30G needle is commonly used. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Hyaron need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers commonly describe a course of four to six sessions, 10 to 14 days apart, with maintenance every one to three months. These are reference figures. The treating clinician sets the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Hyaron be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Hyaron at room temperature, between 1 and 30 °C, and away from sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Each syringe is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Hyaron from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine\"\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine\u003c\/a\u003e, a 15 mg\/mL non-cross-linked HA booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyaron FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Hyaron?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDongkook Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is Hyaron?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 mg\/mL: 25 mg of sodium hyaluronate in each 2.5 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Hyaron a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a non-cross-linked HA solution. It hydrates the skin and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Hyaron need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is stored at room temperature, 1–30 °C, away from sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Hyaron wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883674882330,"sku":null,"price":79.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Hyaron.jpg?v=1696047850"},{"product_id":"juve-eyes","title":"Juve Eyes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster for the eye area, made by BNC Global in South Korea. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe. The PN is purified from salmon DNA. Clinics use it for thin, tired skin around the eyes — fine lines, dark circles and loss of elasticity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eJuve Eyes or Juve Face — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Juve Eyes for the thin skin around the eyes and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-face\"\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/a\u003e for the rest of the face and the body areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-face\"\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace, neck, décolleté, hands, stretch marks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (PN) 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack listed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 3 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eBNC Global, South Korea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Juve Eyes made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuve Eyes is based on polynucleotide, a chain of DNA fragments purified from salmon. Suppliers list the strength as 1% PN (10 mg\/mL). We could not confirm this figure with the manufacturer, so check the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Juve Eyes used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer describes it as working on the rebuilding and rejuvenation of the skin around the eyes. It names a triple action — lifting, antioxidant and moisturising — and says the product stimulates collagen synthesis and elastic fibres. Clinics use it for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efine lines and crow's feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edark circles linked to thin skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edry, crepey under-eye skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eearly loss of elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Juve Eyes used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuve Eyes is injected by a doctor trained in eye-area work. The skin here is thin and full of small vessels, so technique matters. We do not publish depths or volumes for the eye area. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Juve Eyes be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Juve Eyes as directed on the box, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze. The manufacturer lists a shelf life of 24 months. Check the seal and expiry date before use. The syringe is for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Juve Eyes from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eJuve Eyes FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Juve Eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 2 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PN mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolynucleotide — purified DNA fragments, here taken from salmon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Juve Eyes a tear-trough filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It works on skin quality and does not fill a hollow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Juve Eyes be used on the rest of the face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer notes it can also be used on the face, neck and hands. Juve Face is the product made for those areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Juve Eyes wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883676160282,"sku":null,"price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/JuveEyes.webp?v=1696050283"}],"url":"https:\/\/koreanaesthetic.com\/collections\/skin-recovery-regeneration.oembed?page=4","provider":"Korean Aesthetic","version":"1.0","type":"link"}